JP6733780B2 - Amusement machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

A game machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker as a sound generating unit capable of generating a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, Patent Document 1). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

JP, 2005-261808, A

However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the speaker is emitted to the front of the game machine.

The present invention has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a configuration suitable for discharging the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

The present invention is
A game machine body having a game board ,
A gaming machine front body rotatably provided in front of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine body ,
Provided in front Symbol gaming machine front body, and the ball pan capable of storing game balls,
And the ball passage for discharging Yu technique balls to the ball pan,
A speaker having a diaphragm and outputting a sound with the vibration of the diaphragm;
Discharging means capable of discharging the sound output from the speaker to the front of the game machine,
A gaming machine equipped with,
The outer peripheral portion of the ball passage is provided with a passage portion capable of passing the sound in the emission means to the ball passage,
The ball passage is
The sound emitted from the passage portion to the ball passage can be emitted toward the ball tray,
The gaming machine has a front passage portion provided on the front body and communicating with the ball tray,
The gaming machine front body constitutes at least a part of the front passage portion and the discharging means,
The gaming machine is configured to be able to regulate that the gaming ball in the ball passage passes through the passing portion toward the discharging means .

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

It is a perspective view showing a pachinko machine in the first embodiment. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main composition of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main composition of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board unit. It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view showing a passage structure formed inside the dispensing device. It is an exploded perspective view of a front door frame. It is a front view of a front door frame. FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. 7 for explaining the configuration of the lower plate unit. FIG. 8 is a sectional view taken along line BB of FIG. 7 for explaining the configuration of the lower plate unit. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the passage structure of a game ball. It is an explanatory view for explaining a game ball distribution unit. It is a perspective view showing the state where the front door side passage unit was separated from the front door frame. It is a perspective view of a front door side passage unit. It is an exploded perspective view of a front door side passage unit. It is a front view of a front door side passage unit. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of a front door side passage unit. It is a top view of a front door side passage unit. It is an exploded perspective view of a shutter mechanism. It is an explanatory view for explaining a movement of a shutter mechanism. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating a ball clogging suppression structure. It is an explanatory view for explaining a movement of a shutter mechanism. It is a figure which shows the operation mode of a ball intrusion regulation member. It is a figure which shows the operation mode of a ball intrusion regulation member. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory view for explaining the contents of various counters used for win/loss lottery. It is a flow chart which shows the main processing performed by main MPU of a main control unit. It is a flowchart which shows a timer interruption process. It is a flow chart which shows special map special electric power control processing. (A) is a schematic diagram showing the types of variable display modes, and (b) is a schematic diagram showing an outline of each variable display mode. It is a flow chart which shows the confirmation processing for an advance notice. It is a flow chart which shows setting processing of a reservation command. It is a flow chart which shows a payment state detection processing performed by a payment control device. It is a flow chart which shows payout state receiving processing performed in a main MPU. It is the flowchart which shows the information/production control processing which is executed by the sub MPU of the information/production control device. It is a flowchart which shows the corresponding process of a hold command. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of the front door side passage unit in 2nd Embodiment. It is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit in a 3rd embodiment. It is a figure which shows the internal structure of a front door side passage unit. It is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit in a 4th embodiment. It is an exploded perspective view of a back pack unit in a 5th embodiment. It is a perspective view showing composition of a front door side passage unit. It is a sectional view showing composition of a front door side passage unit. It is a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view of the main portion of the gaming machine. It is a schematic rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view showing composition of a front door side passage unit in a 6th embodiment. It is a sectional view showing composition of a front door side passage unit. It is a perspective view at the time of seeing a discharge passage board from the back side. It is a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view of the main portion of the gaming machine.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, one embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as "pachinko machine"), which is a type of gaming machine, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the pachinko machine 10 as seen from the front side, and FIGS. 2 and 3 are perspective views showing a main configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in an expanded manner. Note that, in FIG. 2, for convenience, the configuration in the game area PE of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 forming an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10 and a gaming machine main part 12 attached to the outer frame 11.

The outer frame 11 is formed by connecting wooden plate members to four sides and has a rectangular frame shape. By mounting and fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility, the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall. It should be noted that the outer frame 11 is not an essential component of the pachinko machine 10 and may be a configuration in which the outer frame 11 is attached to the island facility of the game arcade.

The gaming machine main portion 12 is supported by the outer frame 11 in an openable and closable state. Specifically, the upper support metal fitting 17 is fixed to a connecting portion between the upper frame portion and the left frame portion of the outer frame 11, and is further connected to a connecting portion between the lower frame portion and the left frame portion of the outer frame 11. Side support fittings 18 are provided. A support mechanism is constituted by the upper support metal fitting 17 and the lower support metal fitting 18, and the main body 12 of the gaming machine rotates the left side in a front view of the pachinko machine 10 with respect to the outer frame 11 by the support mechanism. The right side of the pachinko machine 10 can be turned forward with the right side as the turning tip side (see FIGS. 2 and 3 ).

As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming machine main portion 12 includes an inner frame 13 as a gaming machine body, a front door frame 14 as a gaming machine front body arranged in front of the inner frame 13, and an inner frame 13. The back pack unit 15 arranged at the rear is provided. The inner frame 13 of the main body 12 of the gaming machine is rotatably supported with respect to the outer frame 11. Specifically, the inner frame 13 is rotatable forward when the left side is the rotation base end side and the right side is the rotation front end side when viewed from the front.

A front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13, and can be turned forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view. A back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13, and is rotatable rearward with the left side being the rotation base end side and the right side being the rotation front end side in front view ( (See FIG. 3).

<Front door frame 14>
Next, the front door frame 14 will be described. As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is mainly composed of a frame body 20 made of synthetic resin whose outer shape is substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11, and covers almost the entire front surface of the inner frame 13. There is. A substantially elliptical window portion 21 is formed in the central portion of the frame body 20 so that almost the entire game area PE described later can be visually recognized, and the window portion 21 is formed by a window panel portion 22. The front door frame 14 is closed from the rear side.

The window panel portion 22 includes a plurality of transparent glass panels 23 and a glass holder that holds the glass panels 23. The glass holder is formed with a partition part that partitions the holding area of the glass panel 23 into front and rear parts, and both glass panels 23 face each other in front and back with the partition part sandwiched therebetween. That is, by ensuring a predetermined gap between the two glass panels 23, the gaming areas PE are doubly covered from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 by the glass panels 23 while avoiding interference between the glass panels 23. It is in a state.

In addition, both glass panels 23 do not necessarily need to be unitized using the glass holder, and each glass panel 23 may be attached to the frame body 20 individually. Furthermore, the number of glass panels is arbitrary, and may be one or three or more. However, from the viewpoint of improving safety and crime prevention, it is preferable to employ a plurality of glass panels and to make the glass panels face each other with a predetermined gap therebetween. Incidentally, it is also possible to adopt a transparent synthetic resin panel member instead of the glass panel.

As shown in FIG. 1, a light emitting means such as various lamps is provided around the window panel portion 22 (more specifically, the window portion 21). For example, an annular lamp portion 26 having a built-in light emitting means such as an LED is provided along the periphery of the window portion 21. In the annular lamp unit 26, lighting or blinking is performed according to a change in the game state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach. Further, at the center of the annular lamp unit 26 and at the top of the pachinko machine 10, there is provided an error display lamp unit 27 that lights up when a predetermined error occurs, and on the left and right sides of the error display lamp unit 27 that lights up during prize ball payout. A ramp unit 28 is provided.

The pachinko machine 10 includes an upper speaker unit 29 provided on the upper portion and a lower speaker unit 30 provided on the lower portion. The speaker units 29 and 30 are capable of outputting sounds (audible sounds including voice messages) such as effect sounds, sound effects, and notification sounds. The effect sound is a sound capable of enhancing the effect effect during the game, and examples of the effect sound include a melody according to the effect and a sound effect according to the game state. Examples of the notification sound include a guide sound that informs the player of the state of the pachinko machine 10, and a fraudulent sound that informs the hall manager of fraud.

The upper speaker portions 29 are provided on the upper portion of the front door frame 14 at positions close to the left and right prize ball lamp portions 28, respectively. The respective upper speaker portions 29 are arranged above the prize ball lamp portion 28 at positions closer to the respective corners on the upper side of the front door frame 14.

Below the window portion 21 in the front door frame 14 (frame body 20), an upper bulging portion 31 and a lower bulging portion 32 which bulge toward the front side are vertically arranged side by side. An upper plate 33 that is open upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 31, and a lower plate 34 that is also open upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 32. The upper plate 33 has a function of temporarily storing game balls as a game medium paid out from a payout device described later, and guiding the game balls to a game ball launch mechanism side described later while aligning them in a line. Further, the lower plate 34 has a function of storing the game balls that have become redundant in the upper plate 33. The lower plate 34 corresponds to the ball receiving plate.

The upper plate 33 has a ball inlet 33a on the back wall thereof, and temporarily stores the game balls dispensed from the dispenser described later and introduced through the ball inlet 33a, and aligns the game balls in a line. While having a function of guiding to the ball outlet 33b (see FIG. 7). The game ball that has come out of the upper plate 33 from the ball outlet 33b is guided to a game ball launching mechanism described later.

The lower plate 34 has ball inlets 34a and 34b (see FIG. 7) provided on the inner wall thereof. The first ball entrance 34a of the ball entrances 34a and 34b is capable of introducing the excess game balls in the upper tray 33 into the lower tray 34, and the second ball inlet 34b is the upper tray. It is possible to introduce the game balls stored in 33 into the lower plate 34. Further, a ball removal hole 35 is formed in the bottom portion of the lower plate 34, and the ball removal hole 36 is opened by operating a ball removal lever 36 provided on the front surface side of the lower bulging portion 32. The stored game balls are discharged below the lower plate 34. The ball hole 35 is closed by a closing plate 37 so that it can be opened and closed, and the closing plate 37 shifts to an open state as the ball removing lever 36 is operated.

On the right side of the lower bulging portion 32, a game ball launching handle 41 is provided so as to project to the front side. By operating the game ball launching handle 41, a game ball is launched from a game ball launching mechanism described later. The game ball firing handle 41 is arranged on the opposite side of the lower speaker unit 30 with the lower plate 34 sandwiched in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10.

As shown in FIG. 2, a front door side passage unit 45 is attached to the back surface of the front door frame 14. The front door-side passage unit 45 is made of synthetic resin, and has a front door-side upper plate passage portion 272 that communicates with the upper tray 33 and a front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 that communicates with the lower tray 34 ( (See FIG. 15). In the front door side passage unit 45, a receiving portion that projects rearward and is opened upward is formed in an upper corner portion thereof, and the receiving portion is partitioned left and right by a partition wall to thereby form a front door side upper dish passage. An inlet portion of the portion 272 and an inlet portion of the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 are partitioned and formed. The game ball that has entered the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 is guided to the upper plate 33, and the game ball that has entered the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is guided to the lower plate 34.

Protrusion shafts are provided at the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the front door frame 14 on the rotation base end side on the back surface. These projection shafts form an assembly mechanism for the inner frame 13. Further, a plurality of hook metal fittings 49 extending rearward are juxtaposed in the vertical direction on the front end side of the front door frame 14 which is rotated. These hook fittings 49 form a locking mechanism for the inner frame 13.

<Inner frame 13>
Next, the inner frame 13 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 2 and 3. The inner frame 13 is mainly composed of an inner frame base 50 whose outer shape is substantially rectangular like the outer frame 11. The height dimension of the inner frame base 50 is set to be slightly smaller than the height dimension of the outer frame 11. The inner frame base 50 is arranged close to the upper frame part of the outer frame 11, and a slight gap is formed between the lower frame part of the outer frame 11 and the inner frame base 50. A curtain plate is attached to the outer frame 11 so as to close this gap. The curtain plate is disposed below the inner frame base 50 (specifically, the lower end portion thereof), and the inner frame base 50 is placed on the curtain plate when the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11. Becomes

Support fittings 51 and 52 are attached to the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the front surface of the inner frame base 50 on the rotation base end side. Shaft holes are formed in the support fittings 51 and 52, and the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported with respect to the inner frame 13 by inserting the projection shafts of the front door frame 14 into these shaft holes. ing.

Insertion holes for inserting the hook fittings 49 provided on the back surface of the front door frame 14 are provided on the front end side of the front surface of the inner frame base 50. In the pachinko machine 10, a locking device 55 for locking the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is hidden behind the inner frame 13. Therefore, the hook fitting 49 is locked to the locking device 55 (specifically, the front door hook receiving member) through the insertion hole, so that the front door frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 13 so as not to be opened. Further, the locking device 55 has an inner frame hook member 57 extending rearward of the inner frame 13. The inner frame hook member 57 is hooked on the hook receiving member 19 of the outer frame 11 so that the gaming machine main portion 12 is locked with respect to the outer frame 11.

A cylinder lock 58 for unlocking the locking device 55 is installed in the lower right corner of the inner frame base 50. The cylinder lock 58 is integrated with the locking device 55, and when the key inserted into the key hole of the cylinder lock 58 is turned to the right, the lock of the front door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 13 is released, and the cylinder lock 58 is inserted into the key hole of the cylinder lock 58. The locking device 55 is configured such that when the key is turned counterclockwise, the locking of the inner frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11 is released.

A game board housing portion 53 that houses the game board unit 60 is formed in the center portion of the inner frame base 50. The game board accommodating portion 53 is a concave portion recessed to the rear of the game machine according to the outer shape of the game board unit 60, and the game board unit 60 is manually locked while being fitted in the game board accommodating portion 53 from the front of the game machine. It is fixed by the mechanism. A substantially rectangular window hole 54 is formed in the bottom of the game board housing portion 53, and the rear surface configuration of the game board unit 60 (a rear block 60b described later) projects rearward of the inner frame 13 through the window hole 54. ing. Note that the window hole 54 is in a state in which almost the entire area is covered from the front of the game machine by the game board unit 60 mounted on the inner frame base 50.

<Game board unit 60>
The game board unit 60 is provided with a game board 60a formed mainly of a plate material made of a transparent synthetic resin material and a rear side of the game board 60a, and various game parts (variable display device, control device, movable type) described later. (The effect mechanism, the decorative member capable of emitting light, and the like) are integrated with the back block 60b mounted on the block base 136, and the front portion of the back block 60b is visible through the game board 60a.

On the front surface of the game board 60a, the above-mentioned game area PE in which the game balls flow down is formed. As described above, the game area PE is covered by the window panel portion 22 (specifically, the rear glass panel 23). The window panel portion 22 is such that the gap between the rear glass panel 23 and the front surface of the game board 60a is slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, that is, the game ball flowing down the game area PE is the same as the game area PE. They are arranged so that they are not lined up at the same location. Thereby, the ball clogging in the game area PE is suppressed. The game board 60a (specifically, the plate body) is not limited to the synthetic resin, and can be made of wood.

The game board unit 60 (in particular, various configurations arranged in the game area PE of the game board 60a) will be described below with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a front view of the game board unit 60.

As shown in FIG. 4, the game board 60a is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in its thickness direction (front-back direction). A general winning opening 61, a variable winning device 64, operating openings 62 and 63, a through gate 65, etc. are arranged in each opening. When game balls enter the general winning opening 61, the variable winning device 64, and the operation openings 62, 63, the gaming balls are detected by a detection sensor (not shown) provided corresponding to each ball receiving portion, and the detection result is obtained. Based on, a privilege such as a predetermined number of prize balls (payout of game balls) is given to the player. In addition, an out port 68 is provided at the bottom of the game board 60a, and game balls that have not entered the various ball-in portions are discharged from the game area PE through the out port 68. In the following description, in order to clearly distinguish the game ball entering the outlet 68 from the game ball entering, the game ball entering the general prize opening 61, the variable prize device 64, and the operating openings 62 and 63 is also referred to as a "winning". Express.

Further, in the game board 60a, a large number of nails are planted in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the flow path of the game balls, and various members (features) such as a wind turbine are arranged. The flow paths of the game balls are differentiated by various configurations such as the nails and the windmills, and the above-mentioned general winning opening 61 and the like are adjusted so that a prize is generated with an appropriate probability.

A central opening 72 is formed in the center of the game board 60a, and a transparent opening cover (not shown) is attached so as to cover the central opening 72 from the back side of the game board 60a. Behind the central opening 72, the variable display unit 67 and the like belonging to the back block 60b are located, and the variable display unit 67 and the like can be viewed from the front of the gaming machine through the central opening 72 (opening cover). ..

By the way, the game board 60a has an opaque sheet material laminated on the transparent plate material. This sheet material is attached to the front plate surface of the transparent plate material, and blocks the line of sight of the game board 60a toward the back surface. Therefore, in the back block 60b, the visible range from the front of the gaming machine is limited to the portion exposed to the front of the gaming machine through the central opening 72 of the gaming board 60a.

In the game board 60a, the operation openings 62 and 63, the through gate 65, and the like are arranged around the central opening 72. The working ports 62, 63 are composed of an upper working port 62 arranged below the variable display unit 67 and a lower working port 63 arranged immediately below the upper working port 62, and particularly, the lower working port. The (lottery trigger entry ball portion) 63 is provided with an electric accessory 71 as an opening/closing entry assisting device (entry assisting means) or an opening/closing member (opening/closing means). The electric accessory 71 includes a pair of left and right movable pieces and a solenoid-type driving portion that drives the movable pieces, and is in an open state (auxiliary state) that allows or facilitates ball entry into the lower working opening 63. It is possible to switch to a closed state (non-assisted state) in which it is impossible or difficult to enter the ball.

The through gate 65 is arranged on the upstream side (more specifically, on the side of the variable display unit 67) of the lower working opening 63, and the winning is achieved by a lottery triggered by the passage of the gaming ball through the through gate 65. In such a case, the electric accessory 71 is switched from the closed state to the open state for a predetermined time.

When a ball enters the upper working port 62, three gaming balls are paid out, and when a ball enters the lower working port 63, four game balls are paid out. However, the payout number of gaming balls is not limited to the above. However, in order to increase the advantage of the lower working port 63 with respect to the upper working port 62, it is preferable to set the number of payouts of the lower working port 63 larger than the number of payouts of the upper working port 62.

The variable winning device (special ball device or special ball means) 64 is formed with a big winning opening leading to the back side of the game board 60a, and an opening/closing member (opening/closing means) for opening and closing the big winning opening. An opening and closing door is provided. The open/close door can be switched between an open state (auxiliary state) in which a game ball can be entered or facilitated and a closed state (non-assisted state) in which the game ball cannot be entered or is difficult. In addition, the door is connected to a variable winning a prize drive section (more specifically, a solenoid) provided on the back side of the game board 60a, and the door is normally kept in a closed state and opened/closed in an internal lottery. When you win the transition to the execution mode (opening/closing execution state), you can switch to the open state (big hit: if you win the transition to the special gaming state, which is more advantageous to the player than the normal gaming state). There is.

Here, the open/close execution mode is a mode to be shifted to when the jackpot is won. As an opening mode of the variable winning device 64 in the opening/closing execution mode, for example, a predetermined time (for example, 30 sec) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winnings are set as one round, and a plurality of rounds (for example, 16 rounds) are set as an upper limit. The opening/closing door is set to be repeatedly opened.

Here, the variable display unit 67 will be supplementarily described. The variable display unit 67 has a symbol display device 75 that variably displays (variable display) the symbols triggered by winning in the operation openings 62 and 63. The symbol display device 75 is configured as a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display, and its display content is controlled by a display control device 170 described later. On the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, for example, symbols are displayed side by side in the upper, middle, and lower sides, and these symbols are variably displayed by scrolling in the left-right direction. When the jackpot is won, a predetermined combination of symbols is stopped and displayed on a preset activated line, and the opening/closing execution mode (special gaming state or jackpot) is entered. The symbol display device 75 is not necessarily a liquid crystal display device, and may be a dot matrix or 7-segment type display device.

A center frame 77 is provided on the game board 60a so as to surround the central opening 72. The center frame 77 is fixed to the game board 60a (specifically, the plate body) from the front side thereof, and in such a fixed state, the center frame 77 stands up from the front surface of the game board 60a. The size of the gap between 77 and the window panel 22 is smaller than the diameter of the game ball. This prevents the game ball flowing down the game area PE from colliding with the symbol display device 75, and the flow path of the game ball flowing down the game area PE is the variable display unit 67 (specifically, the center frame 77) on the right side. It is roughly divided into routes that detour from and routes that detour from the left.

On the upper surface of the frame portion that constitutes the lower part of the center frame 77, a stage portion on which a game ball can roll to the left and right is formed. The game balls that have flowed in from the inlets formed in the left and right left frame portions of the center frame 77 are discharged onto the stage portion through the warp passages that are also formed in the center frame 77. The stage part is configured so that the game ball that reaches the stage part is relatively easy to flow into the upper working opening 62, and the player's attention to the movement of the game ball on this stage part is improved. Contribute to.

Here, in the present embodiment, the central opening 72 is covered by the transparent opening cover as described above, so that the game ball reaching the stage part does not move to the back block 60b (variable display unit 67) side. It is regulated.

The operation ports 62 and 63 are arranged at positions closer to the central opening 72 (variable display unit 67). Since it is possible to shift to the special game state with the winning of the working openings 62 and 63 as a trigger, the player pays attention to whether or not to win the working openings 62 and 63 and grasps whether to shift to the special gaming status. Therefore, it is considered that the symbol display device 75 is focused on. Providing the operation ports 62 and 63 near the variable display unit 67 is a device for concentrating the parts the player wants to pay attention to around the variable display unit 67.

A game area partitioning member 99 for partitioning and forming a game area PE together with a guide rail 100 described later is provided at the right end portion (rotating front end portion of the game board unit 60 described later) of the game board 60a. The game area partitioning member 99 is provided with a stopper member against which the game balls flying along the main display unit 81 and the guide rail 100 collide. The stopper member is a buffer member arranged near the tip of the guide rail 100, and the game ball that collides with the stopper member flows down in the game area PE after its momentum is weakened. That is, the stopper member is provided with a de-energizing function that weakens the momentum of the game ball that collides.

Here, the main display unit 81 will be supplementarily described. The main display unit 81 is embedded in the game area partitioning member 99, and a part of the main display unit 81 is arranged so as to face the window panel section 22. A main display portion for displaying a predetermined pattern or the like is provided in the facing portion. The main display unit 81 is electrically connected to a main control device described later, and the display content of the main display unit is controlled by the main control device.

The main display unit is for the lower working port which displays the lottery result based on the winning of the upper working port 62, and the right working port which displays the result of the lottery performed based on the winning of the lower working port 63. And a display unit. On the lower working port display unit, the variable display of the pattern is performed with the winning of the upper working port 62 as a trigger, and as a result of the stop of the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the upper working port 62. The result is specified. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning of the upper working opening 62 is the winning result corresponding to the shift to the opening/closing execution mode, the variable display is stopped on the lower working opening display unit, and the predetermined result is set as the stop result. After the picture is displayed, the opening/closing execution mode is entered.

In the lower working port display unit, the variable display of the pattern is performed with the winning of the lower working port 63 as a trigger, and as a result of the stop of the variable display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the lower working port 63 is performed. The result is specified. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning of the lower working opening 63 is the winning result corresponding to the jackpot, the variable display is stopped on the right working opening display portion, and a predetermined pattern is displayed as the stopping result. After that, depending on the result, the opening/closing execution mode is entered.

Here, based on the winning in any one of the operating ports 62, 63, the variable display is started on the corresponding operating port display unit, the predetermined stop result is displayed, and the variable display is stopped until the game. It is equivalent to one time. However, the one game play is not limited to the above-mentioned contents, and for example, a single display area is provided, and even if a winning is generated in any of the operation ports 62 and 63, the single play area is generated. In the configuration in which the variable display is performed in the display area, the variable display is started in the single display area, and the variable display is stopped once with a predetermined stop result being displayed once in the game. It is also possible to

In addition to the above display units, the main display unit 81 is also provided with a through gate display unit for displaying a lottery result based on a winning in the through gate 65. In the display section for the through gate, the variable display of the pattern is performed with the winning of the through gate 65 as a trigger, and the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the through gate 65 is clearly shown as the stop result of the variable display. To be done. If the result of the internal lottery based on the winning of the through-gate 65 is the winning result corresponding to the transition to the electric role open state, a predetermined stop result is displayed on the through-gate display unit and the variable display is displayed. After it is stopped, it shifts to the electric power release state. In the electric role open state, the electric accessory 71 provided in the lower operation port 63 is opened in a predetermined manner.

Further, in the present embodiment, a configuration is adopted in which the number of times the game ball has passed through the through gate 65 is reserved up to 4 times, but the main display unit 81 displays the reserved number. An on-hold number display is provided.

The main display section described in detail above is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel section 22 of the front door frame 14, and the game ball is prevented from moving in front of these various display sections. Therefore, the visibility is secured.

The structure of the inner frame 13 will be described again with reference to FIG. 2. Below the mounting region of the game board 60a in the inner frame base 50, the game is directed toward the game region PE based on the operation of the game ball firing handle 41. A game ball launching mechanism 110 for launching a ball is provided. The game ball launching mechanism 110 is a solenoid 111 for launching a game ball located at a predetermined launch standby position, a launch rail 112 for defining the launching direction of the game ball launched by the solenoid 111, and a game at the launch standby position. A ball feeding device 113 for supplying a ball and a base plate 114 on which the various components 111 to 113 are mounted are provided as main components, and the base plate 114 is fixed to the inner frame base 50 to thereby fix the inner frame base. It is integrated with 50.

The firing rail 112 is fixed to the base plate 114 in an obliquely inclined state so as to be inclined upward toward the game board 60a side. A ball stopper that keeps the game ball supplied from the ball feeding device 113 at the above-described firing standby position is arranged at a position closer to the downstream end (that is, the lower end) of the launch rail 112. The solenoid 111 is arranged at a position further downstream than the ball stopper.

The solenoid 111 is electrically connected to a power supply/firing control device described later. The output shaft of the solenoid 111 reciprocates in the expansion/contraction direction based on the output of an electric signal from the power supply/launch control device, so that the game ball placed in the firing standby position is on the game board 60a side, specifically, the game. It is launched toward the guide rail 100 mounted on the board 60a.

The guide rail 100 partitions the game area PE so that the outer shape of the game area PE is substantially circular. In addition, the guide rail 100 is composed of an inner rail 101 and an outer rail 102 which are arranged so as to face each other with a gap slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, and one guide passage 103 is defined by the both rails 101 and 102. Has been formed. The guide passage 103 has an inlet portion opened to the tip side (obliquely downward) of the launch rail 112 and an outlet portion located above the game area PE. The game ball launched based on the operation of the solenoid 111 is guided to the game area PE by moving in the order of the launch rail 112→the guide rail 100 (entrance portion→exit portion). By adjusting the operation amount of the game ball launching handle 41, the game ball can be divided into a region on the left side of the variable display unit 67 in the game region PE and a region on the right side of the variable display unit 67 in the game region PE. It is possible.

In addition, on the front side of the exit portion of the game board 60a, specifically, near the tip of the inner rail 101, a reversion preventing member 106 for preventing reversion of the game ball reaching the game area PE into the guide passage 103 is attached. Therefore, it is prevented that the game ball that has reached the game area PE ahead of time hinders the subsequent game ball from being launched.

The guide rail 100 (see FIG. 4) and the launch rail 112 are arranged so that the entrance portion of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the launch rail 112 face each other diagonally across the lower end edge of the game board 60a. That is, the both rails 100 and 112 are arranged so that the entrance portion of the guide rail 100 and the tip portion of the launch rail 112 are displaced left and right in the vicinity of the lower edge of the game board 60a. Thereby, both the rails 100 and 112 are brought close to the lower end edge of the game board 60a, and a gap of a predetermined interval is formed between the entrance portion of the guide rail 100 and the launch rail 112.

A foul ball passage 118 is disposed below the gap formed in this way. The foul ball passage 118 is integrally formed with the front door side passage unit 45 of the front door frame 14. If the game balls fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110 do not reach the game area PE and return in the guide passage 103 as foul balls, those foul balls enter the foul ball passage 118 through the gap. Becomes The foul ball passage 118 communicates with the lower door passage part 273 on the front door side, and the game ball that has entered the foul ball passage 118 is discharged to the lower plate 34 from the second ball inlet 34b. As a result, the interference between the foul ball and the game ball to be launched next is suppressed.

In the inner frame base 50, a through hole that penetrates the inner frame base 50 in the front-rear direction is formed on the left side of the firing rail 112 (specifically, the side supporting the front door frame 14). A frame side passage unit 121 is arranged. The inner frame side passage unit 121 is screwed to the inner frame base 50.

Next, a back surface configuration of the inner frame 13 (the inner frame base 50 and the game board unit 60) will be described with reference to FIG.

Bearing metal fittings 132 are vertically arranged side by side on the rotation base end side on the back surface of the inner frame base 50. The bearing fittings 132 are formed with bearing portions which are vertically separated from each other, and the back pack unit 15 is rotatably attached to the inner frame 13 by these bearing portions. Further, on the back surface of the inner frame base 50, a plurality of fixing levers for fixing the back pack unit 15 to the inner frame base 50 in a closed state are provided.

As already described, a window hole 54 is formed in the bottom portion of the game board accommodating portion 53 of the inner frame base 50, the window hole 54 penetrating in the thickness direction of the inner frame base 50 and being open to the back side of the inner frame base 50. The window 54 is covered from the front side of the inner frame 13 by the game board unit 60 housed in the game board housing portion 53. Various structures such as a control device are mounted on the back surface of the game board unit 60 (back surface block 60b), and these various structures are exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the window holes 54. Here, the configuration of the back surface of the game board unit 60 will be described.

Further, the back block 60b attached to the back surface of the game board 60a has a block base 136 having a substantially box shape opened to the game board 60a side, and this block base 136 is fixed to the back surface of the game board 60a. As a result, the game board 60a and the back block 60b are integrated.

More specifically, a part of the block base 136 projects to the back side of the inner frame base 50, and the above-described symbol display device 75 and the symbol display device 75 for driving the projected part. A display control device 170 is attached. The symbol display device 75 and the display control device 170 are arranged in the front-rear direction (thickness direction of the inner frame base 50) so that the symbol display device is on the front side and the display control device 170 is on the rear side. Further, on the back surface of the block base 136, a notification/effect control device 143 is mounted so as to be located behind the display control device 170.

The notification/production control device 143 includes a notification/production control board that controls the output of a voice, a lamp display, and the display control device 170 according to an instruction from a main control device described later. It is housed in a substrate box 145 made of a transparent resin material or the like.

Below the notification/production control device 143, a main control device unit 160 is provided so as to cover the block base 136 from the rear side. The main controller unit 160 has a mounting base 161 made of synthetic resin fixed to the back surface of the game board unit 60 (specifically, the back block 60b), and a main control device 162 mounted on the mounting base 161. There is. The main controller 162 includes a main control board having a function of controlling the main game control (main control circuit) and a function of monitoring the power supply (power failure monitoring circuit), and the main control board is a transparent resin material. It is configured to be housed in a substrate box 163 composed of the like.

The board box 163 includes a box base (front case body) having a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and a box cover (back case body) that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected in a non-openable manner by a sealing portion as a sealing means, whereby the substrate box 163 is sealed. A plurality of sealing portions are provided on the long side portion of the substrate box 163, and at least one of them is used for sealing processing.

Any configuration can be applied to the sealing part as long as the box base and the box cover are connected in an unopenable manner, but the box base and the box cover are separated by inserting the locking claws into the long holes that form the sealing part. It is designed so that it cannot be opened. The sealing process by the sealing unit prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing and makes it possible to detect such a situation early and easily even if the unauthorized opening is performed. It is possible to perform the sealing process again afterwards. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting the locking claw into at least one elongated hole of the plurality of sealing portions. When the board box 163 is unsealed, for example, when the stored main control board is defective or when the main control board is inspected, the connecting portion where the locking claw is inserted and the other sealing portion are connected to each other. Disconnect. As a result, the box base and the box cover of the board box 163 are separated, and the main control board inside can be taken out. After that, when the sealing process is performed again, the locking claw is inserted into the long hole of the other sealing portion. If a history indicating that the board box 163 has been opened is left in the board box 163, it can be easily found by looking at the board box 163 that an illegal opening has been made.

A plurality of coupling pieces are provided on one short side portion of the substrate box 163 so as to project to the side thereof. These coupling pieces have a one-to-one correspondence with a plurality of coupled pieces formed on the mounting base 161, and a sealing process is performed between the substrate box 163 and the mounting base 161 by the coupling pieces and the coupling pieces. Be seen.

In the portion of the front surface of the block base 136 facing the lower back surface of the game board 60a, the general winning opening 61, the variable winning device 64, the operation opening 62, 63 corresponding to the opening of the game board and on the downstream side. A collection passage (not shown) is formed at one location. As a result, all the game balls that have won the general winning opening 61 and the like are gathered below the game board unit 60 via the collection passage. That is, the block base 136 is provided with a function of collecting the game balls that have won the various winning openings.

A discharge passage, which will be described later, is arranged below the game board unit 60, and the game balls gathered below the game board unit 60 by the collection passage are led out into the discharge passage. In addition, the outlet 68 also leads to the discharge passage in the same manner, and the game balls that have not won any of the prize outlets are led out into the discharge passage through the outlet 68.

In addition, the block base 136 constituting the back block 60b, as a detection sensor for each of the above-described ball winning portion, a general winning opening detection sensor for detecting a game ball that has won the general winning opening 61, and a variable winning device. A detection sensor for a variable winning device that detects a game ball that has won a prize in 64 and a detection sensor for an operation port that detects a game ball that has entered the operation ports 62 and 63 are mounted, and a prize detection mechanism by these various detection sensors. Is configured. These various detection sensors are electrically connected to the main control device 162, and the detection information (detection signal) is output to the main control device 162 from each detection sensor.

<Back pack unit 15>
Next, the back pack unit 15 will be described with reference to FIGS.

The inner frame 13 is covered from the rear by the back pack unit 15. The back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 201, and a payout mechanism section 202, a discharge passage board 203, and a control device assembly unit 204 are attached to the back pack 201.

The back pack 201 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and has a base portion 211 to which the payout mechanism portion 202 and the like are attached, and a protective cover portion 212 protruding rearward of the pachinko machine 10 and having a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover part 212 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is open, and has a size sufficient to surround at least the variable display unit 67.

An external terminal board 213 is provided on the upper right portion of the base portion 211. Various output terminals are provided on the external terminal board 213, and various signals are output to the management control device on the game hall side through these output terminals. Further, the base portion 211 is provided with a pair of upper and lower engaging pins at the right end when viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and the engaging pins are inserted into the bearing fittings 132 (specifically, bearing portions) provided on the inner frame 13. By doing so, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported with respect to the inner frame 13. Further, a fastening tool for fastening to a fastened hole provided in the inner frame 13 is provided at the turning front end portion of the base portion 211, and the fastened tool is fitted into the fastened hole. The back pack unit 15 is fixed to the inner frame 13.

A payout mechanism section 202 is arranged on the base section 211 so as to bypass the protective cover section 212. The payout mechanism section 202 is provided with a tank 221 arranged at the uppermost part of the back pack 201 and opening upward, and the game balls supplied from the island facility of the game hall are sequentially supplied to the tank 221. It Below the tank 221, a tank rail that gently inclines toward the downstream side is connected, and a case rail that extends in the up-down direction is connected to the downstream side of the tank rail. A payout device 222 is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail. The game balls paid out from the payout device 222 are supplied to the game ball distribution unit 252 (see FIG. 11) provided in the base part 211 of the back pack 201 through the payout passage provided on the downstream side of the payout device 222. To be done.

The configuration of the payout device 222 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a vertical cross-sectional view showing the passage structure formed inside the dispensing device 222. In addition, in FIG. 5, the game ball that sulfides the inside of the payout device 222 is indicated by a two-dot chain line.

As shown in FIG. 5, the housing 222a of the payout device 222 is provided with a game ball inlet 222b at its upper end for taking in a game ball supplied from the tank 76 side, and further inside this game ball. A game ball passage 222c for passing a game ball entered from the entrance 222b is provided.

The game ball passage 222c leads to a game ball outlet 222d formed at the lower end of the housing 222a, and the game balls entered from the game ball inlet 222b flow down one by one toward the game ball outlet 222d. In the middle portion of the game ball passage 222c, there is provided a housing portion having a passage width that widens to the left and right, and the rotating body 222e is housed in the housing portion. The center of the rotating body 222e is fixed to the output shaft 222f of the payout motor. In addition, recesses 222g are formed at two positions at 180° intervals on the peripheral edge of the rotating body 222e. When the game ball flowing down through the game ball passage 222c reaches the concave portion 222g of the rotating body 222e, the game ball is led to the downstream side as the rotating body 222e rotates.

The payout motor is composed of a stepping motor, and the output shaft 222f is rotationally driven in a predetermined direction. The payout motor is drive-controlled by a payout control device 181 described later. In this case, when the payout motor is continuously driven at a normal speed in a situation where the game balls are continuously supplied from the tank 76 side, one game ball is paid out in a cycle of 30 msec.

In the game ball passage 222c, a payout ball detection sensor 222h having a substantially flat plate shape is installed at a position on the downstream side of the accommodation portion. The payout ball detection sensor 222h is composed of a well-known magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and converts the change in the magnetic field due to the game ball passing through the through hole of the detection unit into an electric signal and outputs it. The payout ball detection sensor 222h is not limited to a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and may be any as long as it can detect a game ball. For example, a photo sensor or a limit sensor may be used. .. The payout ball detection sensor 222h outputs an electric signal to the payout control device 181. Specifically, the LOW level signal is output when the game ball is not detected, and the HI level signal is output when the game ball is detected. The relationship of the output levels may be reversed. The number of game balls paid out via the payout device 222 can be confirmed by the payout ball detection sensor 222h.

As shown in FIG. 3, the discharge passage board 203 and the control device assembly unit 204 are attached to the lower end portion of the base portion 211 so as to sandwich the lower end portion in the front-rear direction. In the discharge passage board 203, a discharge passage opened rearward is formed on a surface facing the control device collecting unit 204, and an opening portion of the discharge passage is closed by the control device collecting unit 204. The discharge passage is formed so as to discharge the game balls to the island facility or the like of the game hall, and the game balls led to the discharge passage from the above-mentioned recovery passage and the like pass through the discharge passage to the outside of the pachinko machine 10. Is discharged.

The control device assembly unit 204 has a horizontally long mounting base, and the payout control device 181 and the power supply/launching control device 191 are mounted on the mounting base. The payout control device 181 and the power supply/launch control device 191 are arranged in front of and behind each other so that the payout control device 181 is behind the pachinko machine 10.

In the payout control device 181, a payout control board for controlling the payout device 222 is housed in the board box, and a state return switch provided on the payout control board projects outside the board box. For example, when the state return switch is pressed when a dispensing error such as a ball clogging in the dispensing device 222 occurs, the ball clogging is resolved.

The power supply/launch control device 191 has a power supply/launch control board housed in a board box, and the board generates and outputs a predetermined power supply required by various control devices and the like, and a player launches a game ball. The control of the launch of the game ball accompanying the operation of the handle 41 is performed. Further, the power/launch control device 191 is provided with a RAM erasing switch. The pachinko machine 10 has a function of storing and storing various data, so that even if a power failure occurs, it retains the state at the time of the power failure so that it can be restored to the state at the time of the power failure at the time of recovery from the power failure. Has become. Therefore, for example, when the power is shut off in the normal procedure when the game hall is closed, the state before the power is shut off is stored, but when the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch, the RAM data is initialized. It has become.

<Front door frame 14>
Next, the configuration of the front door frame 14 will be described with reference to FIGS. 6 and 7. FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective view of the front door frame 14, and FIG. 7 is a front view of the front door frame 14.

As shown in FIG. 6, the front door frame 14 includes a base frame 231 as a base member supporting the window panel section 22, an upper front cover 232 provided above the window panel section 22, and a window panel section. The side surface front covers 233 and 234 provided on the side of 22, the lower front cover 235 provided below the window panel section 22, and the upper plate unit 236 provided below the window panel section 22, It has a lower plate unit 237 provided below the upper plate unit 236.

The covers 232 to 235 and the units 236 and 237 are detachably attached to the base frame 231 in a state of covering the base frame 231 from the front. The covers 232 to 235 and the units 236 and 237 are attached to the base frame 231 by reversible screwing members such as screws being screwed to the covers 232 to 235 and the units 236 and 237 from the back side of the base frame 231. It is fixed against.

The base frame 231 is formed of a synthetic resin such as ABS resin into a plate shape as a whole, and has an outer shape substantially the same as that of the inner frame 13. The base frame 231 is provided with a through hole that forms the window portion 21, and the window panel portion 22 is attached to the through hole. It should be noted that shaft fittings are attached to the upper and lower ends of one side portion on the front surface of the base frame 231, and these shaft fittings are rotatably supported with respect to the support fittings 51 and 52 of the inner frame 13.

A plurality of LED boards having a large number of LEDs are attached to the base frame 231, and the upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233 and 234 are arranged at positions to cover the LED boards from the front, thereby providing an annular lamp. The part 26 is formed. In particular, the upper front cover 232 forms the error display lamp section 27, and the side front covers 233 and 234 form the prize ball lamp section 28.

The upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233, 234 are made by combining a plurality of synthetic resin members made of ABS resin, polycarbonate, acrylic resin or the like, and a design in which the synthetic resin members undulate back and forth. Has been applied. Any or all of the upper front cover 232 and the side front covers 233 and 234 may be formed of a single synthetic resin material, and each synthetic resin member may be formed of a single synthetic resin material. It may be formed.

The upper speaker unit 29 has an upper speaker 29 a attached to the upper part of the base frame 231. The upper speaker 29a is provided in a state of being inserted into an opening formed in the base frame 231, and is arranged with its front surface portion hooked on the front surface of the base frame 231. In the upper speaker unit 29, the upper speaker 29a is covered from the front by the upper front cover 232 so that it is not exposed to the front. On the other hand, the upper front cover 232 has a large number of speaker holes formed in the portion facing the upper speaker 29a, and the sound output from the upper speaker 29a is emitted forward through the speaker holes. There is.

The lower front cover 235 is provided with an insertion hole penetrating the lower front cover 235 in the front-rear direction, and the cylinder lock 58 of the inner frame 13 is inserted into the insertion hole, whereby the front side of the pachinko machine 10 is inserted. Is exposed to. The lower front cover 235 may be provided integrally with the upper plate unit 236 and the lower plate unit 237.

The upper plate unit 236 has an upper bulge 31 (upper plate 33), and the lower plate unit 237 has a lower bulge 32 (lower plate 34). In the base frame 231, a reinforcing plate made of a metal material is provided at the mounting position of the upper plate unit 236 and the lower plate unit 237, and the supporting strength of the upper plate unit 236 and the lower plate unit 237 by the base frame 231. Has been raised.

The upper plate unit 236 has an upper plate base portion 236a that is stacked on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the upper bulging portion 31 bulges forward from the upper plate base portion 236a. The upper plate base portion 236a is provided with two openings on the inner side of the storage area of the upper plate 33. One of these openings forms the ball inlet 33a and the other forms the ball outlet 33b. ing. The ball inlet 33a and the ball outlet 33b are arranged side by side, and in the width direction of the front door frame 14, the ball inlet 33a is arranged at a position near one end of the upper plate 33 and the ball outlet 33b at a position near the other end. Are arranged. Two openings are also formed in the base frame 231 in correspondence with the ball inlet 33a and the ball outlet 33b.

The upper plate unit 236 is provided with a ball lending operation device 239. The ball lending operation device 239 includes a ball lending button, a return button, and a frequency display unit. With the banknote lending unit 239, the ball lending operation, the card returning operation, and the card frequency can be checked in a state where bills, cards, etc. are inserted into the card unit (ball lending unit) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10. .. That is, the ball lending button is operated to obtain a lending ball, and the lending ball is paid out as long as the remaining amount of the inserted bills, cards, etc. exists. The return button is operated when requesting return of a card or the like inserted in the card unit. The frequency display section displays balance information such as cards.

It should be noted that the ball lending operation device 239 is not required in a pachinko machine (so-called cash machine) in which game balls are directly lent to the upper plate 33 from the ball lending device or the like without using the card unit, but in such a case, the ball lending operation is performed. A decorative seal or the like is attached to the installation portion of the device 239.

The ball lending operation device 239 is provided with a ball removal button 241. As shown in FIG. 7, the upper plate unit 236 and the lower plate unit 237 are provided with a ball removal passage 242 that connects the ball outlet 33b of the upper plate 33 and the second ball inlet 34b of the lower plate 34. The entrance portion of the ball removal passage 242 is basically closed by a ball stopper device built in the upper plate 33, and the ball removal button 241 provided so as to project upward from the upper surface of the ball lending operation device 239 is pressed. As a result, the ball stopper is opened, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 33 are discharged to the lower plate 34 through the ball removing passage 242. The ball removal button 241 may be installed separately from the ball lending operation device 239.

<Lower plate 34>
The lower plate 34 will be described in detail. In the following description, reference will be made to FIGS. 8 is a sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. 7, and FIG. 9 is a sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG.

The lower tray unit 237 has a lower tray base portion 237a that is placed on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the lower bulging portion 32 bulges forward from the lower tray base portion 237a. The lower plate 34 is formed such that the lower bulging portion 32 is recessed from above, and the rear wall portion 243, which is a part of the lower plate base portion 237a, and the lower end of the rear wall portion 243 from the front to the front. A bottom portion 244 that extends and a surrounding wall portion 245 that surrounds the periphery of the bottom portion 244 together with the inner wall portion 243 and that has a shape in which the lower tray 34 is opened upward are provided.

The back wall portion 243 is continuous with the bottom portion of the upper plate 33 and has a height dimension corresponding to many game balls. The first ball inlet 34a and the second ball inlet 34b are square (or substantially square) openings provided in the back wall portion 243, and are open toward the front of the pachinko machine 10. The first ball inlet 34a is connected to the downstream end of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 of the front door side passage unit 45, and the game ball flowing down the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is the first ball. It is discharged from the inlet 34a to the lower plate 34. In this case, the first ball inlet 34a is included in the lower tray passage in addition to the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263, and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. ..

The game balls paid out from the payout device 222 in a state where the upper plate 33 is full are discharged to the lower plate 34 via the first ball inlet 34a. Further, the upper tray unit 236 and the lower tray unit 237 are provided with the ball removing passage 242 as already described, and the ball outlet of the ball removing passage 242 is the second ball inlet 34b. By the way, the ball passage 242 is built in the inner wall portion 243 of the lower plate unit 237 (see FIG. 9 and the like). By pressing the ball removing button 241, the ball stopping device is opened, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 33 are discharged to the lower plate 34 through the ball removing passage 242.

The first ball entrance 34a is formed at the center of the back wall portion 243 in the left-right direction, and has an opening size that allows a plurality of game balls to pass in the left-right direction and the up-down direction. Specifically, the horizontal direction is for three game balls, and the vertical direction is for two game balls. On the other hand, the second ball entrance 34b is formed laterally (specifically, rightward) of the first ball entrance 34a in the inner wall portion 243. In addition, both the first ball inlet 34a and the second ball inlet 34b are located at a position spaced upward from the bottom portion 244, and the lower edges of the first ball inlet 34a and the second ball inlet 34b are located below the bottom portion 244. It is located at least one game ball above. More specifically, regarding the first ball entrance 34a, the lower edge of the first ball entrance 34a is located above the bottom 244 by about two game balls. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the configuration may be such that 1.5 gaming balls, 2.5 gaming balls, or 3 gaming balls or more are located above.

Since the first ball entrance 34a has a function of discharging the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 to the lower plate 34 as described above, for example, in the case of a big hit state, a large number of game balls can be played in a short period of time. It may pass through one ball entrance 34a, and a large number of these game balls will be stored in the lower plate 34. In this case, by forming the first ball inlet 34a at a position separated from the bottom portion 244 upward, even if a large number of game balls are stored on the bottom portion 244, the first ball inlet 34a It is prevented that the 1 ball entrance 34a is blocked, and even in this situation, the game balls can be satisfactorily discharged to the lower plate 34 through the 1st ball entrance 34a.

As shown in FIG. 8, the bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a has a step portion extending in the width direction of the first ball inlet 34a, and the step portion extends rearward from the bottom portion 244 of the lower plate 34. At the retracted position, it has a retracted surface 246a that extends in the vertical direction and faces forward. The bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a has an upper step surface 246b extending rearward from the upper end of the receding surface 246a (a bottom surface of the downstream end of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273) and a lower end of the receding surface 246a. It has a lower step surface 246c extending toward (the bottom portion 244 of the lower plate 34). The cross-sectional area of the first ball inlet 34a is increased stepwise from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 toward the lower tray 34 due to the presence of the step portion (retraction surface 246a).

The retreat surface 246a has the same left-right dimension as the left-right dimension of the first ball entrance 34a, and is specifically two game balls. It should be noted that the size is not limited to this, and may be a horizontal dimension in which two or more game balls can enter side by side. Further, the receding surface 246a is receding with respect to the other surface of the inner wall portion 243 by at least one game ball. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be a configuration in which the game balls are retreated by two or more. In addition, the retreat surface 246a is stored in an area in front of the game balls that are discharged from the first ball inlet 34a and that have passed over the game balls that are arranged along the retreat surface 246a. Thus, the height with respect to the bottom portion 244 and the inclination angle with respect to the bottom portion 244 are set. Specifically, the height with respect to the bottom 244 is approximately two game balls (a plurality of game balls), and is substantially perpendicular to the bottom 244. Note that the present invention is not limited to this, and the game ball discharged from the first ball entrance 34a passes over the game ball arranged along the retreat surface 246a and is located in a region in front of the arranged game balls. The height with respect to the bottom portion 244 and the inclination angle with respect to the bottom portion 244 may be arbitrary as long as they are stored. Since the retreat surface 246a is formed as described above, the storage capacity of the game balls in the lower plate 34 is secured accordingly.

On the other hand, in the lower plate unit 237, since a part of the ball removing passage 242 from the upper plate 33 is built in on the inner side of the inner wall portion 243 as described above, the retreat surface 246a is provided on the bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a. Since it is formed, it is possible to obtain the effect of ensuring the storage capacity of the game balls in the lower plate 34 while securing the space for incorporating a part of the ball removal passage 242 in the inner wall portion 243.

As will be described later, the pachinko machine 10 has a return ball that is launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 but does not reach the game area and flows backward through the guide rail 100 configured by the inner and outer rails 101 and 102. A foul ball passage 118 for collecting and discharging the collected game balls to the lower plate 34 is provided. The foul ball passage 118 is joined to the ball removing passage 242 at the back side of the back wall portion 243 and is also a foul ball. The game ball that has passed through the passage 118 is discharged to the lower plate 34 from the second ball inlet 34b. That is, a part of the passage portion including the foul ball passage 118 through which the return ball passes is built in the inner wall portion 243. In the configuration, as described above, by forming the receding surface 246a on the bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a, it is possible to join the ball removal passage 242 and the foul ball passage 118 with a spatial margin. At the same time, the effect of ensuring the storage capacity of the game balls in the lower plate 34 can be obtained. Further, in the lower tray unit 237, an installation space for wiring the electric components provided in the lower tray unit 237 is formed on the inner side of the inner wall portion 243. On the other hand, by forming the receding surface 246a on the bottom surface of the first ball inlet 34a, it is possible to obtain the effect of securing the storage capacity of the game balls in the lower plate 34 while securing the installation space.

By the way, as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the ball removal hole 35 is arranged in the bottom portion 244 of the lower plate 34 at a position in front of the first ball inlet 34 a, and is provided on the front surface of the surrounding wall portion 245. In the natural state, it is closed by a closing plate 37 that is opened by the ball pulling lever 36. Then, the upper surface of the bottom portion 244 is formed so as to be inclined downward toward the ball hole 35. In other words, the game balls stored in the lower plate 34 naturally move toward the ball removing hole 35. In this configuration, when only a relatively small number of game balls are stored in the lower plate 34, those game balls are located on the closing plate 37. In this case, since the receding surface 246a is formed at the rear portion of the closing plate 37 in the back wall portion 243 as described above, when the hand is inserted toward the closing plate 37, a space is provided behind the closing plate 37. It is possible to take out the game ball located on the closing plate 37 by hand. That is, the retreat surface 246a not only has the effect of ensuring the storage capacity of the lower plate 34, but also has the effect of making it possible to take out the game ball from the lower plate 34 by hand as described above.

In the configuration in which the retreat surface 246a is formed as described above, as shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the first ball entrance 34a has an upper tapered surface 247a extending obliquely upward toward the front as a ceiling surface. In addition, it has side tapered surfaces 247b that extend obliquely laterally toward the outside of the first ball inlet 34a as a pair of side surfaces. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the first ball inlet 34a includes the upper tapered surface 247a and the lateral tapered surface 247b, including that the bottom surface is formed in a stepped shape, from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 to the lower plate. It increases as it approaches 34, and the increase rate is larger than the increase rate of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. Specifically, the cross-sectional area of the first ball inlet 34a increases exponentially toward the lower plate 34.

In the configuration in which the retreating surface 246a is formed in the first ball entrance 34a, the game ball may stand by at a location recessed to the retreating surface 246a side. On the other hand, since the tapered surfaces 247a and 247b are formed as described above, it is easy to insert a hand into the recessed portion on the side of the retreat surface 246a, and it is easy to take out the game ball waiting at the location. Become. In addition, since the taper surface is used instead of the receding surface, it is possible to secure a large internal space of the back wall portion 243 as compared with the structure of the receding surface.

The surrounding wall portion 245 is formed so as to regulate the front edge and the left and right edges of the bottom portion 244. The height of the surrounding wall portion 245 is smaller than that of the inner wall portion 243 as a whole, and the height of the front side is smaller than that of the rear side. As shown in FIG. 7, the front side region 248 of the surrounding wall portion 245 including the front end portion of the surrounding wall portion 245 is aligned with the first ball entrance 34a in the front and rear direction in the front view of the pachinko machine 10, and is in the left-right direction. The height dimensions are substantially the same over a predetermined range.

Here, in the front region 248, as shown in FIG. 8, the height dimension with respect to the bottom portion 244 is set such that the upper end is located below the lower end of the first ball entrance 34a. With this configuration, it is possible to secure a long distance from the lower surface of the upper plate 33 to the front region 248 of the lower plate 34. Further, regarding the configuration for ensuring a long distance between the two, as shown in FIG. 7, the lower surface of the upper plate 33 is formed by being recessed upward, and this also allows the lower surface of the upper plate 33 to be in front of the lower plate 34. A long distance to the area 248 is secured. The game balls stored in the lower plate 34 may be taken out from between the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 and replenished to the upper plate 33. In this case, By ensuring a long distance to the front region 248, the workability of the above replenishing work is improved. Particularly, in the pachinko machine 10, the game area is expanded, and accordingly, the distance between the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 is narrowed. On the other hand, by ensuring a long distance from the lower surface of the upper plate 33 to the front side region 248 of the lower plate 34 as described above, expansion of the game area while suppressing deterioration in workability of the replenishment work Can be achieved. Incidentally, in the region other than the front region 248 in the surrounding wall portion 245, the upper end thereof is located above the lower end of the first ball inlet 34a.

In the configuration in which the height dimension of the front region 248 is reduced as described above, the storage capacity of the lower tray 34 is reduced accordingly. On the other hand, since the receding surface 246a is formed on the back wall portion 243 as described above, the storage capacity of the lower tray 34 is prevented from becoming extremely small.

Further, since the front side region 248 is located in front of the first ball inlet 34a, if the height dimension of the front side region 248 is reduced, the game balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a are driven by the discharged momentum. There is a concern that it may fall over the lower plate 34 beyond the front region 248. On the other hand, since the receding surface 246a is formed on the back wall portion 243 as described above, a long distance between the front region 248 and the first ball entrance 34a is ensured. Since the distance of the front region 248 to the first ball entrance 34a is long, the gaming ball discharged from the first ball entrance 34a has an opportunity to reduce the momentum before reaching the front region 248. Since a large amount is added, it is possible to prevent the water from spilling out of the lower plate 34. Furthermore, the passage portion which continues from the payout device 222 to the first ball inlet 34a is provided with a structure for reducing the momentum of the game balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a. This will be described later.

<Lower speaker 30a>
Returning to the description of FIGS. 6 and 7, the lower speaker 30a has the lower speaker 30a attached to the lower portion of the base frame 231. A lower opening 231a is formed in the base frame 231 at a position below the ball entrance 33a (see FIG. 12), and in the lower speaker 30a, a front surface portion thereof is hooked on the front surface of the base frame 231. The back surface portion is inserted into the lower opening 231a. In the lower speaker unit 30, the lower speaker 30a is covered from the front by the lower plate unit 237 so that it is not exposed to the front. On the other hand, the lower plate unit 237 is provided with a speaker cover 250 having a large number of speaker holes at a position facing the front surface portion of the lower speaker 30a, and the speaker cover 250 is output from the front surface side of the lower speaker 30a. Sound is emitted forward through a large number of speaker holes. In this case, the lower speaker unit 30 has the lower speaker 30a and the speaker cover 250. The speaker hole of the speaker cover 250 corresponds to the sound emitting portion.

The speaker cover 250 is arranged to the left of the lower plate 34 in the lower bulging portion 32 of the lower plate unit 237. The speaker cover 250 is arranged such that its cover surface is directed obliquely upward and forward, so that the player can easily hear the sound emitted from the speaker hole. In the lower dish unit 237, the game ball launching handle 41 is provided on the right side of the lower bulging portion 32 as described above, and the speaker cover 250 is different from the game ball launching handle 41 with the lower dish 34 sandwiched therebetween. It is located on the opposite side.

Note that, as shown in FIG. 9, the lower tray unit 237 has an internal space formed between the lower tray base portion 237a and the outer peripheral portion of the lower bulge portion 32, and the lower tray base portion 237a. Openings 249a and 249b are formed in the outer peripheral portions of the lower bulging portion 32 and the lower bulging portion 32 at positions facing the front surface of the lower speaker 30a. The speaker cover 250 is attached to the lower bulge 32 in a state where the bulge opening 249b formed in the lower bulge 32 is closed, and the sound output from the front side of the lower speaker 30a is provided. Is transmitted to the internal space of the lower plate unit 237 through the base opening 249a of the lower plate base portion 237a, and is further emitted forward through each speaker hole of the speaker cover 250.

Incidentally, the speaker cover 250 may be provided integrally with the lower bulging portion 32. For example, in the lower bulge 32, a large number of speaker holes are formed in the front position of the lower speaker 30a, and the portion where these speaker holes are formed is the speaker cover 250.

The lower speaker 30a is a dynamic speaker device and corresponds to a sound generating unit that generates a sound. The lower speaker 30a includes a diaphragm 30b such as a cone-shaped cone paper and a voice coil 30c connected to the diaphragm 30b. The lower speaker 30a may be referred to as a cone-type speaker unit. it can. The lower speaker 30a has a permanent magnet for operating the voice coil 30c in addition to the diaphragm 30b and the voice coil 30c. The permanent magnet has a hollow portion by being formed into a donut shape, and the voice coil 30c is provided in a state of being inserted in the hollow portion. In the lower speaker 30a, when the voice coil 30c is energized, the diaphragm 30b vibrates together with the voice coil 30c, and the vibration of the diaphragm 30b produces a sound. In this case, the sound output backward from the diaphragm 30b has an opposite phase to the sound output forward. In the lower speaker 30a, a drive unit is composed of a voice coil and a permanent magnet.

In the lower speaker unit 30, an enclosure 331 (see FIG. 21) is provided for the lower speaker 30a, and the front of the lower speaker 30a is enhanced in the low frequency range of the sound output from the back side thereof. It is supposed to be released to. In this case, the lower speaker unit 30 is a back load horn type speaker system having the lower speaker unit 30 and the enclosure 331. In the enclosure 331, the middle and high frequencies are easily attenuated and the low frequencies are amplified. It's getting easier. Further, in the lower speaker unit 30, the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is included in the enclosure 331, and the sound output from the rear side of the lower speaker 30a is transmitted through the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273. It is designed to be discharged from the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34.

Detailed description of the lower speaker unit 30 will be given later.

<Passage configuration of game balls to upper plate 33 and lower plate 34>
Next, the passage configuration of the game balls to the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 will be described. FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the passage configuration of the game ball. Note that, in FIG. 10, for convenience, the passage configurations on the inner frame 13 side and the back pack unit 15 side are shown in cross section.

The payout device 222 is provided in the payout mechanism section 202 that constitutes the back surface of the pachinko machine 10 as described above. A payout passage 251 extending in the vertical direction is formed below the payout device 222, and the game ball dispensed from the payout device 222 flows down the payout passage 251 and is formed at the lower end of the payout mechanism unit 202. It is introduced into the distributor 252.

The game ball distribution unit 252 has a function of distributing the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 to the upper plate 33 side or the lower plate 34 side provided on the front door frame 14. The configuration of the game ball distribution unit 252 will be described with reference to the vertical cross-sectional view around the game ball distribution unit 252 shown in FIG. The game ball distribution unit 252 is open upward and forward, and the inside thereof is partitioned by two partition walls 253a, 253b, so that three openings 255a, 255b, 255c are juxtaposed in the left-right direction.

Of these openings 255a, 255b, 255c, the opening 255a inside the pachinko machine 10 leads to the upper tray passage leading to the upper tray 33, and the central opening 255b leads to the lower tray passage leading to the lower tray 34. There is. The opening 255c on the outside of the pachinko machine 10 communicates with the discharge passage, and in discharging the game balls stored in the tank 221, the stored game balls are guided to the discharge passage through the outside opening 255c. He is then discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10.

Returning to the explanation of FIG. 10, the upper plate passage includes the back pack side upper plate passage portion 258 provided in the back pack unit 15, the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 provided in the inner frame 13, and the front door frame. 14 and a front-door-side upper plate passage portion 272 provided on the front door 14. Similarly, the lower tray passage is provided in the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 provided in the back pack unit 15, the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 provided in the inner frame 13, and the front door frame 14. And the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side.

Each of these passage portions 258, 259, 262, 263, 272, 273 will be described in detail.

<Back pack side passage unit 257>
The back-pack side upper tray passage portion 258 and the back-pack side lower tray passage portion 259 are provided so as to penetrate the base portion 211 in the front-rear direction on the rotation base end side of the back-pack unit 15. 257 is formed. The back-pack side upper plate passage 258 and the back-pack side lower plate passage 259 are defined by a passage wall and are arranged side by side in the left-right direction. The back pack side upper plate passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259 respectively extend in the front-rear direction and are inclined downward toward the downstream side. The game balls introduced into the back pack side upper plate passage portion 258 and the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259 in the above configuration roll on the bottom portions 258a and 259a, and then the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side. It is discharged to each of the lower plate passage portions 263.

By the way, the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 has a larger width dimension (left-right dimension) than the back pack side upper tray passage portion 258. This is for the following reason. In other words, the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 are guided to the opening 255a inside the game ball distribution unit 252 that continues to the back pack side upper plate passage 258. On the other hand, to the back pack side lower plate passage 259, the game balls are filled in the inner opening 255a in the game ball distributing unit 252, and the game balls overflowing from the opening 255a are guided. Therefore, as compared to the game balls passing through the back pack side upper plate passage portion 258, the orbits of the game balls passing through the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259 are irregular, and the inside of the back pack side lower plate passage portion 259 There is concern about the occurrence of ball clogging. On the other hand, in the limited space of the back pack side passage unit 257, by making the width dimension of the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 larger than that of the back pack side upper tray passage portion 258, the above-mentioned ball clogging occurs. The probability of doing is reduced. In order to reduce the probability of ball clogging in the lower tray passage, not only the back pack side lower tray passage section 259, but also the inner frame side lower tray passage section 263 and the front door side lower tray passage section 273 are each provided. The width dimension is larger than the upper plate passages 262 and 272. That is, the opening area is large.

<Inner frame side passage unit 121>
The inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 are provided so as to penetrate the inner frame base 50 in the front-rear direction on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13. 121 is formed. The game board 60a is provided with a cutout portion 267 at its corner so as to avoid the inner frame side passage unit 121 (see FIG. 4).

The inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 are partitioned by a partition passage wall 264 and are arranged in parallel in the left-right direction, so that the ball outlets 262a and 263a face downward. Has been formed. In detail, the upstream side of the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 is inclined downward toward the downstream side, and on the downstream side thereof, the ball outlet is extended slightly downward. 262a and 263a are formed. In the above configuration, the game balls introduced into the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263 roll on the bottom portions 262b and 263b, and the front door side upper plate passage through the rolling ball outlets 262a and 263a. It is discharged to the portion 272 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, respectively. By the way, the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 has a smaller width dimension (left-right dimension) than the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263.

<Front door side passage unit 45>
As described above, the front door side passage unit 45 has the front door side upper tray passage section 272 and the front door side lower tray passage section 273. Here, the front door side passage unit 45 will be described with reference to FIGS. This will be described using 16. 12 is a perspective view showing a state in which the front door side passage unit 45 is separated from the front door frame 14, FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 14 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45. FIG. 15 is a front view of the front door side passage unit 45, FIG. 16 is a view showing the internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 17 is a plan view of the front door side passage unit 45. In addition, in FIG. 16, the illustration of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the foul ball passage 118 is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 14, the front door side passage unit 45 includes a pair of base plates 274a and 274b arranged in parallel and a plurality of connecting plates 274c connecting the base plates 274a and 274b. There is. The base plates 274a and 274b and the connecting plate 274c are made of a transparent synthetic resin material such as polycarbonate resin. The pair of base plates 274a, 274b are arranged apart from each other in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10, and each connecting plate 274c is extended over the pair of base plates 274a, 274b while extending in the front-rear direction. ..

Each connecting plate 274c is integrally molded with the front base plate 274a arranged on the front side (base frame 231 side) of the pair of base plates 274a, 274b, and the rear base plate arranged on the rear side. 274b is screwed to the connecting plate 274c and the front base plate 274a.

In the front door-side passage unit 45, a receiving portion 275 that constitutes the upstream end of the front door-side upper tray passage portion 272 and the front-door-side lower tray passage portion 273 is formed, and from the receiving portion 275. On the downstream side, a front door side passage forming portion 276 (see FIG. 12, etc.) that forms the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is formed. The front door-side upper tray passage portion 272 and the front-door-side lower tray passage portion 273 are space portions defined by a connecting plate 274c between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b.

The front door side passage unit 45 has a plate-shaped portion 271 in addition to the receiving portion 275 and the front door side passage forming portion 276. In the front door side passage unit 45, the outlet 272a of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 overlaps with the ball inlet 33a of the upper plate 33 in the front and back, and the outlet 273a of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 forms the first plate of the lower plate 34. It is fixed to the rear surface of the front door frame 14 with screws from the rear of the pachinko machine 10 so as to overlap with the one-ball inlet 34a in the front and rear. In this case, the plate-shaped portion 271 of the front door side passage unit 45 is in contact with the back surface of the front door frame 14 in a state of being overlapped with the back surface.

Incidentally, reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302 are attached to the front door side passage unit 45. Of these reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302, the first reinforcing metal plate 301 is attached to the receiving portion 275. Further, the second reinforcing metal plate 302 is attached to the front door side passage forming portion 276. The receiving portion 275 communicates with the ball inlet 33a of the upper plate 33, and the front door side passage forming portion 276 communicates with the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34. Therefore, the illegal jig is inserted from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the ball entrance 33a or the first ball entrance 34a, and the wall of the receiving part 275 or the wall of the front door side passage forming part 276 is broken and inserted. It is assumed that an illegal jig is inserted into the game area or the back surface of the game board 60a. On the other hand, since the reinforcing metal plates 301 and 302 are attached as described above, even if the wall of the receiving portion 275 or the wall of the front door side passage forming portion 276 is destroyed, It is possible to prevent further intrusion.

The receiving portion 275 of the front door side passage unit 45 and the front door side passage forming portion 276 will be described. The position where the receiving opening 275 is formed is an upper corner portion in the front door side passage unit 45, and in the relationship with the front door frame 14, it is on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14. The receiving portion 275 projects rearward of the pachinko machine 10 beyond the front door side passage forming portion 276, and further rearward of the pachinko machine 10 relative to the rotation axis of the front door frame 14. Then, in the state in which the front door frame 14 is closed, the receiving portion 275 is located rearward of the front end of the inner frame 13.

However, the receiving portion 275 is on the front side of the rear end of the inner frame 13, and the inner frame 13 (inner frame base 50) is located at a position facing the receiving portion 275, and the protruding side of the receiving portion 275 is located. An accommodating concave portion 292b is formed as a cover portion for covering (see FIG. 18). Therefore, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the receiving portion 275 does not penetrate the inner frame 13 in the front-rear direction.

As shown in FIG. 13 and the like, the receiving portion 275 is opened upward, and a partition wall 277 which is erected upward from the bottom portion is integrally formed in the substantially center in the left-right direction. By being partitioned by the partition wall 277, two openings 278, 279 are provided in the receiving port 275 side by side in the left-right direction. In such a configuration, the side wall inside the pachinko machine 10 in the receiving portion 275 is taller than the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 and the like, and an eaves portion 275a is formed on the side wall. Due to the formation of the eaves 275a, the inner opening 278 inside the pachinko machine 10 out of the two openings 278 and 279 is wider than the outer opening 279 outside the pachinko machine 10 (left-right dimension). Is getting smaller.

The inner side opening 278 of the pachinko machine 10 faces the ball outlet 262a of the inner frame side upper plate passage portion 262 up and down, and becomes the ball inlet of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 as shown in FIG. ing. Further, the pachinko machine 10 outer opening 279 faces the ball outlet 263a of the inner frame side lower tray passage 263 in the vertical direction, and the front door side lower tray passage 273 formed in the front door side passage forming portion 276 is formed. It is the entrance of the ball. In this case, as described above, since the receiving portion 275 is located rearward of the front end portion of the inner frame 13, the boundary between the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 and the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 is formed. A part of the boundary portion between the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 and the inner frame-side lower tray passage portion 263 is located rearward of the front end of the inner frame 13 (see FIG. 10, etc.). ).

The inner opening 278 and the ball inlet 33a of the upper tray 33 are lined up front and rear, and the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 extends in the front-rear direction so as to connect the inner opening 278 and the ball inlet 33a. The front door side upper plate passage portion 272 has a width dimension (horizontal direction dimension) that increases toward the ball inlet 33a of the upper plate 33.

The outer opening 279 and the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34 are in a positional relationship that is offset in the left-right direction and the vertical direction. That is, the outer opening 279 is located on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, and the first ball inlet 34a of the lower tray 34 is near the center of the front door frame 14 in the left-right direction (see FIG. 12, etc.). Further, the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34 is below the outer opening 279. A front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is formed so as to connect these outer openings 279 and the first ball inlet 34a of the lower plate 34. The front-door-side lower tray passage portion 273 extends along the back surface of the front-door frame 14 and has a crank shape. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 has an upper horizontal passage portion 284, a vertical passage portion 285, and a lower horizontal passage portion 286. By making the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 in a crank shape in this manner, the passage length is longer than that in a linear configuration.

The front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is a space having a rectangular cross section due to the partition plate 274c partitioning between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b. In the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 extend obliquely downward toward the downstream side at the same angle, and the game ball of the respective side passage portions 284, 286. It is designed to flow down toward the downstream end. In the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, the upstream side end portion thereof is arranged below the receiving port portion 275, and the downstream side end portion thereof is arranged above the upstream side end portion of the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286. The downstream end of the lower lateral passage portion 286 is arranged behind the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower tray 34. The vertical passage portion 285 connects the downstream end portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the upstream end portion of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 while extending in the vertical direction.

The front-door-side lower plate passage portion 273 is bent along the back surface of the base frame 231, and has a plurality of intermediate bent portions 304 as bent portions. The intermediate curved portion 304 is formed in each of the connecting portion between the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 and the connecting portion between the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, and flows down from the upstream side. It is possible to reduce the flow rate of the coming game balls.

In the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, as a whole, the cross-sectional area gradually increases from the upstream end portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 toward the downstream end portion (exit 273a) of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. There is. That is, the front door-side lower plate passage portion 273 is thicker toward the downstream side. In this case, due to the pair of base plates 274a and 274b extending in parallel, the depth dimension of the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is set to be the same in all areas, and The thickness dimension of the front-door-side lower tray passage portion 273 gradually increases as it approaches the outlet 273a. Here, in the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the height dimension is the thickness dimension, and in the vertical passage portion 285, the width dimension is the thickness dimension.

The front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 has a cross-sectional area in which the game balls can be arranged in a plurality of rows along the flow direction. For example, the depth dimension of the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 (distance between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b) is such that two game balls can be lined up. Further, regarding the thickness dimension of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 are of a size that allows two game balls to be lined up, and the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286. Has a size that allows three or more game balls to be lined up.

In the front-door-side lower plate passage portion 273, each straight line portion of the passage portions 284 to 286 is tapered so as to be gradually thickened toward the downstream side. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the vertical passage portion 285 is the same as or smaller than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 in each straight portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285. Has been made larger. Further, in each of the straight line portions of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the cross-sectional area of the upstream side end portion of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 is the same as or smaller than the cross-sectional area of the downstream side end portion of the vertical passage portion 285. Has been made larger.

The cross-sectional area of each intermediate curved portion 304 is substantially the same as the cross-sectional area of the passage portions 284 to 286 that are vertically adjacent to each other. For example, in the connecting portion between the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285, the cross-sectional area of the intermediate bending portion 304 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the straight line of the vertical passage portion 285. It is almost the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the part. In the connecting portion between the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the cross-sectional area of the intermediate curved portion 304 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the straight line of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. It is almost the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the part.

In the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the downstream side end portion of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 is arranged behind the first ball inlet 34a of the lower tray 34. A downstream bent portion 305 is formed at the most downstream portion so that the flow-down direction is directed toward the front of the pachinko machine 10 (see FIG. 9 ). The downstream bent portion 305 is formed with respect to the lower lateral passage portion 286. That is, the downstream bent portion 305 includes a passage wall 306 having a surface orthogonal to the flow-down direction of the game balls on the upstream side thereof. Therefore, the game ball that has flowed down the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 hits the passage wall 306 of the downstream bending portion 305 at the most downstream portion thereof and is then discharged to the lower plate 34 through the first ball inlet 34a. That is, the passage wall 306 has a function as a speed reducer. As a result, the momentum of the gaming balls discharged from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 to the lower plate 34 is reduced immediately before being discharged to the lower plate 34. The curved portions 304 and 305 correspond to the sphere corner portion.

In the configuration in which the passage direction on the upstream side of the downstream curved portion 305 is the vertical direction instead of the horizontal direction, the bottom portion of the downstream curved portion 305 has a function as the speed reduction portion. In other words, the deceleration portion has a surface that intersects (substantially orthogonal) or intersects with the flow-down direction of the game ball on the upstream side thereof, and decelerates the game ball flowing from the upstream side by colliding with the surface. Any structure may be used as long as it has a function of guiding the lower plate 34 to the lower plate.

Here, as described above, the height dimension of the front region 248 of the surrounding wall portion 245 in the lower plate 34 is set to be small. In this case, it is feared that the game ball discharged from the first ball inlet 34a may spill over the lower plate 34 beyond the front area 248. On the other hand, as described above, the downstream bend portion 305 is formed in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, and the game balls discharged from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the lower tray 34 are the lower tray 34. Since the momentum is reduced immediately before being discharged to, the game balls discharged from the first ball inlet 34a are suppressed from spilling out of the lower plate 34 due to the discharged momentum.

By the way, since the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 is integrated as the front-door-side passage unit 45 on the back surface of the front door frame 14, the position of the downstream bend portion 305 of the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 and the position below It is possible to bring the plate 34 closer to the first ball inlet 34a. Therefore, it becomes possible to discharge the game ball to the lower plate 34 immediately after reducing the flow momentum in the downstream bend portion 305, and the effect of reducing the momentum in the downstream bend portion 305 is suitably exerted. Assuming a configuration in which the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is installed on the inner frame 13 side instead of the front door frame 14 side, when opening the front door frame 14 to the inner frame 13, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 has a ball shape. It becomes necessary to provide a shutter mechanism for closing the outlet. Then, it becomes necessary to separate the downstream curved portion 305 and the first ball entrance 34a by the amount corresponding to the provision of the shutter mechanism. On the other hand, in this pachinko machine 10, since the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is formed in the front door frame 14, the shutter mechanism is not required, and the downstream bend portion 305 and the first ball inlet 34a as described above. It is possible to bring the positions of and close to each other.

Next, the flow of the game balls to the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 will be described.

As shown in FIG. 11, the game balls are paid out from the payout device 222 toward the inner opening 255a of the game ball distribution unit 252. Therefore, the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 are discharged to the upper plate 33 through the upper plate passage constituted by the respective upper plate passage portions 258, 262, 272.

However, when a large number of game balls are paid out from the payout device 222 and the upper plate 33 is filled up, and the payout of the game balls is continued thereafter, the game balls are connected in the upper plate passage, as shown in FIG. In addition, the game balls are filled in the entire inner opening 255a of the game ball distribution unit 252. In this state, the game balls paid out from the payout device 222 pass over the inner partition wall 253a of the game ball distribution unit 252 and enter the central opening 255b. Then, this game ball is discharged to the lower tray 34 through the lower tray passage constituted by the respective lower tray passage portions 259, 263, 273.

<Full detection sensor 280>
Next, the fullness detection sensor 280 will be described.

As shown in FIG. 15 and FIG. 16, the front door side passage forming portion 276 is provided with a full detection sensor 280 so as to detect a game ball passing through the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The fullness detection sensor 280 is configured by a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and a change in the magnetic field when the game ball passes through the detection range is detected and output as an electric signal. The fullness detection sensor 280 is not limited to the magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and a photo sensor or a limit sensor may be used.

The fullness detection sensor 280 outputs an electric signal to the payout control device 181. In the payout control device 181, the payout of the game balls by the payout device 222 is stopped based on the detection result of the fullness detection sensor 280. As a result, when the lower tray 34 is full and the game balls are lined up to the position of the full detection sensor 280 in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, further payout of the game balls is stopped. The suspension of the payout is released when the full state of the lower plate 34 is released and the full detection sensor 280 no longer detects the game ball.

Here, the fullness detection sensor 280 is provided for the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. Specifically, the full detection sensor 280 is attached below the bottom wall of the lower lateral passage portion 286. In this way, by providing the full detection sensor 280 for the lower horizontal passage portion 286, even if the lower tray 34 is filled with the game balls, the full detection is made as long as the game ball does not wait at the position of the lower horizontal passage portion 286. The sensor 280 will not detect that the lower plate is full.

In the configuration in which the position of the fullness detection sensor 280 is set as described above, the lower tray passage (the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273) is full. The passage length on the upstream side of the detection sensor 280 is set so that when the lower plate 34 is full, the game ball row of the game balls connected in the lower plate passage does not reach the position of the payout device 222. .. That is, when the payout device 222 that is paying out the game balls at a predetermined payout speed is stopped, there is a game ball already paid out from the payout device 222 and flowing down toward the lower plate 34. obtain. In this case, even if the maximum number of game balls that are assumed as the already-flowing game balls are lined up on the upstream side of the full detection sensor 280 in the lower plate passage, the game ball row of the payout device 222 It does not line up to the position.

<Shutter mechanism 291>
Next, the shutter mechanism 291 will be described. FIG. 18 is an exploded perspective view of the shutter mechanism 291, and FIG. 19 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the movement of the shutter mechanism 291.

In the present embodiment, the front door side passage unit 45 is provided to the front door frame 14 as described above. Further, the front door frame 14 is provided with the window panel portion 22 as described above. For example, when the front door frame 14 is opened in order to eliminate a ball clogging or the like in the game area and the problem is solved, the window panel portion 22 is adjusted accordingly. The front door side passage unit 45 moves forward, and the passage portions 272 and 273 on the front door frame 14 side and the passage portions 262 and 263 on the inner frame 13 side are separated from each other. When the opening operation of the front door frame 14 is completed, the upper plate 33 and the lower plate 34 are full, and the game balls are on standby in the inner frame side upper plate passage 262 and the inner frame side lower plate passage 263. If it is performed in the state, the waiting game ball may be scattered by being unable to be received by the front door side upper dish passage portion 272 and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. On the other hand, a shutter mechanism 291 is provided to prevent the game balls from being scattered.

The shutter mechanism 291 is provided on the front side of the inner frame 13. Specifically, a mounting portion 292 is formed below the inner frame side passage unit 121 in the inner frame base 50, and the shutter mechanism 291 is mounted to the mounting portion 292. The shutter mechanism 291 includes a shutter member 293, a coil spring 294, and a stopper 295.

The shutter member 293 is formed of synthetic resin in a substantially plate shape. A shaft hole 293a is formed in the lower end of the shutter member 293 so as to penetrate in the left-right direction, and a support shaft portion 292a having a shaft hole on the same axis as the shaft hole 293a is formed in the mounting portion 292. Since the support shaft pin 296 is inserted and fixed in the shaft hole 293a and the support shaft portion 292a of the shutter member 293, the shutter member 293 is supported rotatably in the front-rear direction with respect to the mounting portion 292 with the lower end as an axis. There is.

An extension portion 297 is formed on the upper end of the shutter member 293 so as to extend laterally from one end portion (the left end portion in the present embodiment). A stopper 295 is provided in such a manner. The stopper 295 is made of a synthetic resin material and fixed to the mounting portion 292 with a screw. Further, the stopper 295 is formed with a shutter stopper 295a and a spring stopper 295b which is located below the shutter stopper 295a and protrudes forward.

A coil spring 294 is provided between the stopper 295 and the extending portion 297. The coil spring 294 has one end fixed to the spring stopper 295b and the other end fixed to the lower end of the extending portion 297, and is provided in an expanded state. Therefore, the forward biasing force always acts on the shutter member 293, and in the natural state of the shutter member 293, the extension portion 297 is in a position where it is in contact with the shutter stopper 295a. At this abutting position, the upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293 is below the inner frame side passage unit 121.

The upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293 has an upper surface having a predetermined curvature, is convex outward, and is arcuate in the front-rear direction. The virtual center of this arc is the shaft hole 293a. The front-back dimension of the shutter member 293 is substantially the same as the front-back dimension of the ball outlets 262a, 263a of the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263, and further in the left-right direction. The dimensions are substantially the same as the dimensions of the inner frame side passage unit 121 in the left-right direction. The upper end portion 298 faces almost all of the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263. That is, the ball outlets 262 a and 263 a of the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 are closed by the shutter member 293. This position is the closed position (blocking position) of the shutter member 293.

A front step portion 298b is integrally formed on the upper end portion 298 so as to project forward. When the front step portion 298b moves to the closed position, the boundary portion between the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 and the front door side when moving to the closed position. It has a function of pushing the game ball in the boundary portion with the lower plate passage portion 273 to the receiving portion 275 side.

A groove portion 298a extending in the front-rear direction is formed in the upper end portion 298 at an intermediate position in the left-right direction. The position of the groove portion 298a corresponds to the position of the partition wall 277 in the receiving portion 275. That is, in the upper end portion 298, the area inside the pachinko machine 10 with respect to the groove portion 298a is a blocking area for the upper dish passage, and the area outside the groove machine 298a is a blocking area for the lower dish passage. There is. When the shutter member 293 is in the closed position, the lower end portion 264a of the partition passage wall 264 for partitioning the passage portions 262 and 263 in the inner frame side passage unit 121 enters the groove portion 298a.

A housing recess 292b that is recessed rearward is formed behind the shutter member 293 in the mounting portion 292. Further, the shutter member 293 has its front end surface in a position to come into contact with the receiving portion 275 of the front door side passage unit 45 when the front door frame 14 is closed, and when the front door frame 14 is closed as described above. The receiving portion 275 is arranged below the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, in the state where the front door frame 14 is closed, the rear end portion of the receiving portion 275 abuts on the front end surface of the shutter member 293, and a force against the biasing force acts on the shutter member 293. Then, the shutter member 293 rotates backward and is housed in the housing recess 292b. This position is the open position (blocking release position) of the shutter member 293.

The movement of the shutter member 293 with respect to the opening operation of the front door frame 14 will be described. As shown in FIG. 19A, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the shutter member 293 is in the open position and the inner frame side The upper tray passage portion 262 and the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 communicate with each other, and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 communicate with each other.

Further, by opening the front door frame 14, the shutter member 293 moves to the closed position as shown in FIG. 19(b). As a result, the ball outlets 262a, 263a of the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 are closed, and the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 are played. Even if the front door frame 14 is opened in a state where the ball is waiting, the waiting game ball is not scattered. After that, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the state returns to the state of FIG.

In this case, as described above, the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 are inclined downward toward the ball outlets 262a and 263a, respectively. Therefore, a part of the weight load of the game balls waiting in the passage portions 262, 263 on the inner frame 13 side is received by the bottom portions 262b, 263b of the passage portions 262, 263 on the inner frame 13 side. That is, the weight load on the shutter member 293 of the waiting game balls is reduced. Therefore, the opening/closing operation of the shutter member 293 is facilitated.

<Ball clogging control structure>
Next, a ball clogging suppressing structure in the upper tray passage when the front door frame 14 is opened will be described. 20 and 21 are explanatory views for explaining the ball clogging suppressing structure.

As described above, when the front door frame 14 is opened, the passage portions 262, 263 on the inner frame 13 side and the passage portions 272, 273 on the front door frame 14 side are separated from each other. In this case, if a game ball is present at the boundary between the passages 262, 263 on the inner frame 13 side and the passages 272, 273 on the front door frame 14 side, the game ball becomes the inner frame side passage unit 121. A game ball may exist at the boundary with the front door side passage unit 45, and the game ball may come into contact with each of the inner frame side passage unit 121 and the front door side passage unit 45, causing a ball clogging. Therefore, the opening operation of the front door frame 14 may not be performed smoothly. On the other hand, a ball clogging suppression structure is provided. As the ball clogging suppressing structure, a first ball clogging suppressing structure and a second ball clogging suppressing structure are provided.

<First ball clogging suppression structure>
First, the first ball clogging suppressing structure will be described with reference to FIG. When the front door frame 14 is closed, the openings 278, 279 of the receiving portion 275 and the ball outlets 262a, 263a of the inner frame side passage unit 121 face each other (note that in FIG. 20, the upper plate is shown). Only the aisle side is shown). Here, in the vicinity of the ball outlets 262a and 263a of the inner frame side passage unit 121, the lower end of the front side passage wall 265 is lower than the lower end of the partition passage wall 264 and the lower ends of the side passage walls as shown in FIG. Is also formed to be on the upper side. As a result, a gap of a predetermined distance X1 exists between the open upper surface portion of the receiving opening portion 275 that is open upward and the front side passage wall 265 of the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, at the start of opening the front door frame 14, a game ball is provided at the boundary portion (position B1 in FIG. 20) between the passage portions 272, 273 on the front door frame 14 side and the passage portions 262, 263 on the inner frame 13 side. Even if there is, the game ball is hard to hit the front side passage wall 265 of the inner frame side passage unit 121. Therefore, the occurrence of ball clogging is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be smoothly performed.

Note that when the shutter member 293 is in the open position, the front step 298b of the shutter member 293 is located above the socket 275 and into the socket 275 side. Then, when the shutter member 293 moves to the closed position, the front step portion 298b of the shutter member 293 is arranged within the range of the interval X1. Thereby, as described above, when the shutter member 293 moves to the closed position, the boundary portion between the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 and the front door side upper tray passage portion 272, and the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263. The game ball at the boundary between the front plate side lower plate passage portion 273 and the front door side is pushed to the receiving portion 275 side.

In the configuration in which the lower end of the front side passage wall 265 is formed above the lower end of the partition passage wall 264 and the lower ends of the side passage walls as described above, when the shutter member 293 is in the closed position, The game balls waiting in the passages 262, 263 on the main body side are prevented from falling. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 19B, the distance L1 from the shaft hole 293a of the shutter member 293 to the lower end of the front side passage wall 265, and the distance from the shaft hole 293a to the upper surface of the upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293. The difference from the distance L2 is smaller than the diameter of the game ball (L1-L2<R). Therefore, the gap between the two becomes smaller than the diameter of the game ball, and the game ball on standby does not fall.

Particularly, the difference between the distance L1 from the shaft hole 293a of the shutter member 293 to the lower end of the front side passage wall 265 and the distance L2 from the shaft hole 293a to the upper surface of the upper end portion 298 of the shutter member 293 is greater than the radius of the game ball. Is also smaller (L1-L2<R/2). Therefore, the load of the waiting game ball is reliably received by the front side passage wall 265, and the falling of the game ball is surely prevented.

<Second ball clogging suppression structure>
Next, the second ball clogging suppressing structure will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 and 21. The second ball clogging suppressing structure is provided for each of the upper dish passage and the lower dish passage. Therefore, first, the second ball clogging suppressing structure of the upper plate passage will be described.

As described above, the receiving portion 275 is formed so as to project rearward from the back surface of the front door frame 14, and as shown in FIG. 21, the receiving portion 275 is rearward of the rotation shaft 282 of the front door frame 14. It is in. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 21B, the turning range of the outer opening 279 when the front door frame 14 is opened includes a part of the lower region of the inner frame side upper dish passage 262. In addition, in the middle of the opening of the front door frame 14, a part of each of the inner opening portion 278 and the outer opening portion 279 is located below the inner frame side upper dish passage portion 262. Then, in this state, the game ball in the inner opening 278 can be moved to the outer opening 279 through the area above the partition wall 277 of the receiving portion 275.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 13 and 21, a recess 283 is formed in the partition wall 277 of the receiving port 275 by recessing downward from the upper end thereof. The recess 283 is formed from the middle position in the left-right direction of the partition wall 277 to the rear end, and its front-rear direction dimension X2 is larger than the diameter R of the game ball (X2>R).

As described above, the rotation range of the outer opening 279 of the receiving port 275 is set, and the recess 283 is formed in the partition wall 277 of the receiving port 275, so that the front door frame 14 is opened. At the time of starting, there is a game ball at a position (a position of B2 in FIG. 20) near the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262 at a boundary portion between the front door side upper tray passage portion 272 and the inner frame side upper tray passage portion 262. Even if so, the game ball can be retreated from the inner opening 278 side to the outer opening 279 side across the recess 283. Therefore, the occurrence of ball clogging is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be smoothly performed. However, the depth dimension of the concave portion 283 is X3, and the distance between the bottom of the concave portion 283 and the lower end of the partition passage wall 264 of the inner frame side passage unit 121 becomes smaller than the diameter R of the game ball. There is. Therefore, in the structure in which the recess 283 is formed in the partition wall 277, the game ball in the inner opening 278 is prevented from moving to the outer opening 279 when the front door frame 14 is closed.

Next, the second ball clogging suppressing structure of the lower plate passage will be described.

A ball retreat portion 290 is integrally formed at the upper end portion of the receiving portion 275 on the outer opening 279 side so as to extend to the outside of the pachinko machine 10. That is, the ball retreat portion 290 is arranged side by side with the outer opening portion 279 on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14 with the outer opening portion 279. The ball retreat portion 290 has a dish shape enough to allow one game ball to be placed thereon, and its bottom portion 290a is below the open upper surface portion of the outer opening portion 279 and the bottom portion of the outer opening portion 279. Above. However, the ball retreat portion 290 is formed so that the game balls that have passed through the inner frame side lower dish passage portion 263 are not mounted when the front door frame 14 is closed. That is, the distance between the bottom portion 290a of the ball retreat portion 290 and the side wall portion of the inner frame side passage unit 121 is less than the diameter of the game ball. It is preferable that the distance is less than the radius of the game ball.

The bottom portion 290a of the ball retreat portion 290 is inclined downward toward the outer opening portion 279, and the ball retreat portion 290 communicates with the outer opening portion 279. Further, as described above, the receiving portion 275 is behind the rotation shaft 282 of the front door frame 14, and the inner frame side lower tray passage is in the rotation range of the ball retreat portion 290 when the front door frame 14 is opened. A part of the lower region of the portion 263 is included.

Since the ball retreat portion 290 is provided and the rotation range thereof is set as described above, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the inner frame side lower tray are opened when the front door frame 14 is opened. Even if there is a game ball at a position near the inner frame side lower plate passage part 263 (position B3 in FIG. 21) which is a boundary part with the passage part 263, the game ball can be evacuated to the sphere evacuation part 290. .. In other words, the game ball in that position hits the front side passage wall 265 of the inner frame side passage unit 121 during the opening operation of the front door frame 14 and is pushed toward the ball retreat portion 290, so that it is retreated into the ball retreat portion 290. To be done. Therefore, the occurrence of ball clogging is suppressed, and the opening operation of the front door frame 14 can be smoothly performed. Further, since the bottom portion 290a of the ball retreat portion 290 is inclined downward toward the outer opening portion 279 as described above, the game ball retreated into the ball retreating portion 290 enters the outer opening portion 279 by its own weight.

<Far ball passage 118>
Next, the foul ball passage 118 will be described.

In the front door side passage unit 45, as shown in FIG. 15 and the like, a foul ball passage forming portion 281 that forms the foul ball passage 118 is integrally formed with the receiving portion 275 and the front door side passage forming portion 276. ing. The foul ball passage forming portion 281 is provided inside the bent portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and has a recovery port 281a opened upward. ing. The upper edge of the recovery port 281a is lower than the upper surface 287a of the upper wall 287 of the upper horizontal passage 284 and the vertical passage 285.

The recovery opening 281a of the foul ball passage forming portion 281 is between the launch rail 112 of the game ball launching mechanism 110 and the inner and outer rails 101, 102 of the game board 60a in a state where the front door frame 14 is closed to the inner frame 13. Is located in. Therefore, the return ball that has been launched from the game ball launching mechanism 110 but does not reach the game area and flows back through the guide rail 100 formed by the inner and outer rails 101 and 102 is from the recovery port 281a to the foul ball passage forming portion 281. Enter inside.

The game ball that has entered the foul ball passage forming portion 281 is discharged to the lower tray 34 through the foul ball passage 118 formed in the foul ball passage forming portion 281. The foul ball passage 118 has a passage width and a passage height that are slightly larger than one game ball, and a plurality of game balls are lined up in the passage width direction, and a plurality of game balls at an intermediate position. Are prevented from stacking. Further, the foul ball passage 118 has an outlet 118a at the end of the front door side passage unit 45 opposite to the receiving portion 275 side, with the recovery port 281a as an inlet (see FIG. 14). The outlet 118a communicates with the second ball inlet 34b of the lower plate 34. Here, the second ball inlet 34b is a ball outlet of the ball removing passage 242 from the upper plate 33 to the lower plate 34, as already described. That is, the foul ball passage 118 joins the ball removal passage 242 on the downstream side thereof, and the foul ball passage 118 and the ball removal passage 242 have the same ball outlet in the lower plate 34.

As described above, the ball outlet of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is the first ball inlet 34a formed separately from the second ball inlet 34b in the lower plate 34. That is, the foul ball passage 118 is provided separately from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, and the game ball introduced into the foul ball passage 118 is different from the game ball passing through the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. It is completely discharged to the lower tray 34 by another route. Here, in the lower plate 34, the second ball inlet 34b is formed at a position shifted in the left-right direction with respect to the first ball inlet 34a. In detail, the foul ball passage 118 is formed to extend outward (laterally) when viewed in the downflow direction of the game ball from the downstream side of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, and this extended distance Therefore, the second ball entrance 34b is laterally displaced from the first ball entrance 34a. Thus, when the game ball that has passed through the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and the game ball that has passed through the foul ball passage 118 are simultaneously discharged to the lower plate 34, it is possible to avoid collision between these two game balls. To be done. When these game balls collide with each other, there is a risk that the game balls will jump out of the lower plate 34 due to mutual rebound, but as described above, since the collision of both game balls is avoided, the risk of such jumping is reduced. ing.

As shown in FIG. 15, the foul ball passage 118 extends in the left-right direction from the recovery port 281a toward the side opposite to the second ball inlet 34b, and is then folded back via the folding portion 118b to form the second ball inlet 34b. To the left and right. Thereby, the passage length of the foul ball passage 118 is ensured to be long, and the number of game balls that can stand by in the foul ball passage 118 can be maximized. Further, as described above, the foul ball passage 118 is formed to extend outward (laterally) when viewed in the game ball downflow direction from the downstream side of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, In the configuration in which the first ball inlet 34a and the second ball inlet 34b are offset from each other in the left-right direction on the plate 34, the passage length of the foul ball passage 118 can be kept as long as possible. An impact absorbing member such as a sponge member may be provided on the bottom surface of the foul ball passage 118, which is opened upward by the recovery port 281a. By providing the impact absorbing member, it is possible to absorb the impact of the returning ball that has fallen from above on the foul ball passage 118.

The foul ball passage 118 is above the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273, and the front-back area of the pachinko machine 10 occupied by the foul-ball passage 118 and the front and rear of the pachinko machine 10 occupied by the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273. The area of the direction is vertically overlapped. Accordingly, in the configuration in which the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and the foul ball passage 118 are provided in the front door side passage unit 45, the size of the front door side passage unit 45 is reduced, that is, the front door side passage unit 45 is compact. Be promoted. Further, the foul ball passage 118 is formed so that at least a part thereof extends along the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. From this point as well, the size of the front door side passage unit 45 is reduced, that is, the front door side passage unit 45 is made compact.

<Ball receiving structure>
Next, a ball receiving structure at the time of opening the front door frame 14 will be described.

The opening and closing of the front door frame 14 may be performed when the upper plate 33 is full. In this case, when the front door frame 14 is opened/closed in a state where the inner opening 278 of the receiving portion 275 is filled with the game balls, the game balls in the inner opening 278 are oscillated due to vibrations at the time of opening/closing. There is a risk of riding on the eaves 275a and falling down. On the other hand, a ball receiving structure for the spilling ball is provided.

This ball receiving structure is provided in the front door side passage forming portion 276 of the front door side passage unit 45. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 15 to 17, the ball receiving structure is provided on the upper wall 287 of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285 of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 in the front door side passage forming portion 276. It is provided.

The upper wall 287 passes under the inner opening 278 in the receiving portion 275, and is gently inclined downward in the game ball flowing direction of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. In addition, the upper wall 287 is arranged side by side with respect to the inner opening 278 in a plan view. That is, it can be said that the upper wall 287 extends from the position below the inner opening 278 to the pivoting front end side of the front door frame 14.

At the rear end of the pachinko machine 10 on the upper wall 287, there is integrally formed a ridge portion 288 that stands upright from the upper surface 287a and extends in the left-right direction. Further, the plate-like portion 271 of the front door side passage unit 45 is provided at the front end of the pachinko machine 10 on the upper wall 287. With this configuration, a ball receiving passage 289 is formed on the upper surface 287a of the upper wall 287 between the protruding portion 288 and the plate-shaped portion 271.

Since the upper wall 287 is formed as described above, the ball receiving passage 289 extends from below the inner opening 278 in the receiving portion 275 toward the front end side of the rotation of the front door frame 14. It is inclined downward toward the moving tip side. Here, as described above, the foul ball passage forming portion 281 is provided inside the bent portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The upper edge of the opening of 281 is lower than the upper surface 287a of the upper wall 287. That is, there is a foul ball passage forming portion 281 ahead of the ball receiving passage 289, and the upper edge of the opening of the foul ball passage forming portion 281 is lower than the ball receiving passage 289. Therefore, the ball receiving passage 289 communicates with the foul ball passage forming portion 281 and further communicates with the foul ball passage 118.

Since the ball receiving passage 289 is provided as described above, even if the game ball spills from the inner opening 278 due to vibration or the like at the time of opening and closing the front door frame 14, the game ball is still in the ball receiving passage 289. Received by. The received game ball is introduced into the foul ball passage forming portion 281 by flowing down the ball receiving passage 289, and is discharged to the lower plate 34 through the foul ball passage 118. Thereby, the spilling ball can be discharged to the lower plate 34 without being scattered in the game hall or the like.

In particular, it is considered that the spilling sphere falls from the inner opening 278 to the rotating front end side of the front door frame 14 due to the centrifugal force when the front door frame 14 rotates. In this case, since the ball receiving passage 289 is provided so as to extend from the lower side of the inner opening portion 278 to the front end side of the rotation as described above, the ball receiving passage 289 can easily receive the spilling ball. Further, even if the game ball falls from the inner opening 278 to the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, the spilling ball is received by the outer opening 279.

As described above, the receiving portion 275 is provided with the ball retreat portion 290. Therefore, even if the spilling sphere falls from the outer opening 279 to the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14 when the front door frame 14 is opened and closed, the spilling sphere can be received by the sphere retracting portion 290. From this point, the ball retreat portion 290 has not only a function as a ball clogging suppressing structure but also a function as a ball receiving structure. Further, when the spilling sphere falls from the outer opening 279 to the pivoting front end side of the front door frame 14, the spilling sphere is received by the inner opening 278.

<Lower speaker section 30>
Next, the lower speaker unit 30 will be described with reference to FIG. 9, FIG. 12, FIG. 14 to FIG.

As described above, in the lower speaker unit 30, in addition to the lower speaker 30a and the speaker cover 250, the sound output from the back surface side of the lower speaker 30a receives the front door lower plate passage portion 273 and the first ball entrance. It has an enclosure 331 that discharges to the front of the pachinko machine through 34a. As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the enclosure 331 includes an air chamber 332 accommodating the rear portion of the lower speaker 30a in addition to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 and the first ball inlet 34a, and the lower speaker. The sound passage 333 guides the sound output from the air chamber 332 from the air passage 30a to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The enclosure 331 (first ball entrance 34a) corresponds to a sound emitting portion that emits sound to the front of the pachinko machine.

In the front door side passage unit 45, the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the foul ball passage 118 are not included in the enclosure 331. Further, the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 forms the lower tray passage together with the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, but in the present embodiment, the entire lower tray passage area is formed. Is not included in the enclosure 331, but only the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 of the lower tray passage is included in the enclosure 331. That is, the inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263 and the back pack side lower tray passage portion 259 are not included in the enclosure 331.

The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are included in the front door side passage unit 45 together with the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the like, and do not overlap the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10. It is located in. The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are a space portion partitioned by a connecting plate 274c between the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, similarly to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. Here, if the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are collectively referred to as a sound guide passage that guides the sound output rearward from the lower speaker 30a to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the front door passage unit In addition to the front door side passage forming portion 276 and the foul ball passage forming portion 281, 45 has a sound guide passage forming portion 334 forming a sound guide passage. Note that the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333, like the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273, are partitioned by the connecting plate 274c in the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, so that the space having a rectangular cross section is formed. It has become.

The sound guide path forming portion 334 is formed in a rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, and is arranged below the receiving portion 275 and to the side of the foul ball passage forming portion 281. Specifically, it is arranged below the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side and to the side of the vertical passage portion 285. The sound guide path formation portion 334 is adjacent to the front door side passage formation portion 276 along the back surface of the base frame 231, and its upper end and one side end are connected to the front door side passage formation portion 276.

As shown in FIGS. 9 and 12, in the front door frame 14, the lower speaker 30a is fixed to the base frame 231 while being inserted into the lower opening 231a of the base frame 231 as described above. In this case, the front surface portion of the lower speaker 30a is hooked on the front surface of the base frame 231, and the rear surface portion thereof is in a state of protruding to the rear surface side of the base frame 231 through the lower opening 231a. The front-door-side passage unit 45 is arranged at a position where the air chamber 332 overlaps the lower speaker 30a in the front-rear direction.

In the sound guide path forming unit 334, the front base plate 274a of the pair of base plates 274a and 274b is provided with a speaker opening 336 that opens the air chamber 332 toward the base frame 231. The back surface of the portion 30a is in a state of entering the air chamber 332 through the speaker opening 336. The protruding dimension of the lower speaker 30a from the front base plate 274a is smaller than the separation refusal (the thickness dimension of the air chamber 332) between the front base plate 274a and the rear base plate 274b, and the lower speaker 30a has a smaller size. The back surface portion is separated from the rear base plate 274b in the front direction.

In this case, the lower speaker 30 a is not directly fixed to the front door side passage unit 45 but is indirectly fixed via the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14. In this case, the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 are firmly fixed to the base frame 231 in an independent state.

Returning to the description of FIGS. 15 and 16, the sound passage 333 is provided below the upper horizontal passage portion 284 in the bent state in the front door side passage unit 45. The sound passage 333 connects the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332, and is arranged between the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332. In this case, the sound passage 333 is adjacent to both the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332, whereas the air chamber 332 is not adjacent to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. The sound passage 333 is partitioned by the connecting plate 274c with respect to both the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332.

The front door side passage unit 45 has an air chamber partition 341 that partitions the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333, and a lower plate passage partition 342 that partitions the front door lower tray passage 273 and the sound passage 333. Have The air chamber partition 341 and the lower tray passage partition 342 are each formed by a connecting plate 274c and extend along the sound transmission direction in the sound passage 333. The lower tray passage partitioning portion 342 is arranged downstream of the air chamber partitioning portion 341 in the direction in which the output sound from the lower speaker 30a is transmitted from the air chamber 332 to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. .. While the lower tray passage partitioning portion 342 is arranged on the inner peripheral side of the sound guide passage forming portion 334, the air chamber partitioning portion 341 is a boundary portion between the front door side passage forming portion 276 and the sound guide passage forming portion 334. Extends along.

The air chamber partition 341 is provided with an air chamber hole 343 that transmits sound from the air chamber 332 to the sound passage 333. The air chamber hole 343 is a communication hole that communicates the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333, and is arranged at the upstream end of the sound passage 333 in the transmission direction of the output sound from the lower speaker 30a. In addition, in the sound passage 333, the portion of the air chamber hole 343 can be referred to as a throat.

On the other hand, the lower tray passage partition portion 342 is provided with a lower tray passage hole 344 that transmits sound from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. The lower plate passage hole 344 is a communication hole that connects the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333, and is arranged at the downstream end of the sound passage 333. In this case, in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the lower plate passage hole 344 is arranged at a position separated from the full detection sensor 280 to the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball. The lower tray passage hole 344 corresponds to a sound intake hole for capturing sound into the front door side lower tray passage portion 273.

In the sound passage 333, as a whole, the cross-sectional area gradually increases from the air chamber hole 343, which is the upstream end, toward the lower dish passage hole 344, which is the downstream end. In this case, the depth dimension of the sound passage 333 is the same in all areas due to the pair of base plates 274a and 274b extending in parallel, as in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. On the other hand, the thickness dimension of the sound passage 333 gradually increases as it approaches the lower tray passage hole 344. The sound passage 333 has a portion extending in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10 and a portion extending in the vertical direction, and the portion extending in the width direction has the height dimension as the thickness dimension and extends in the vertical direction. In the portion, the width dimension is the thickness dimension.

The sound passage 333 has a plurality of passage portions 351 to 352 that linearly extend along the back surface of the base frame 231. Of the passage portions 351 to 352, the first passage portion 351 is arranged on the most upstream side in the sound transmission path from the air chamber 332, and is located downstream from the air chamber hole 343 (on the side opposite to the air chamber 332). Extending towards. The third passage portion 353 is arranged on the most downstream side, and extends from the lower dish passage hole 344 toward the upstream side (air chamber 332 side). The second passage portion 352 is arranged at an intermediate position of the sound passage 333, and connects the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion.

The first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352 extend along the air chamber 332 and are partitioned from the air chamber 332 by the air chamber partitioning portion 341. The first passage portion 351 is arranged laterally of the air chamber 332, and extends upward from the air chamber hole 343 arranged in the lower portion of the air chamber 332. The second passage portion 352 is arranged above the air chamber 332, and extends laterally along the upper side of the air chamber 332 from the upper end portion (downstream end portion) of the first passage portion 351.

Here, the air chamber partition portion 341 has a first portion 341a extending in the vertical direction along the first passage portion 351 and a second portion extending in the width direction of the air chamber 332 along the second passage portion 352. The air chamber hole 343 penetrates the lower end portion of the first portion 341a. In the air chamber partition part 341, the first part 341a partitions the air chamber 332 and the first passage part 351 into the left and right, and the second part 341b vertically separates the air chamber 332 and the second passage part 352. It is partitioned.

The third passage portion 353 extends along the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, and is partitioned from the upper horizontal passage portion 284 by the lower tray passage partition portion 342. The third passage portion 353 is arranged below the upper horizontal passage portion 284, and extends laterally along the upper side of the second passage portion 352 from the downstream end of the second passage portion 352. In this case, the third passage portion 353 is in a state of being overlaid on the second passage portion 352, and is partitioned from the second passage portion 352 by the sound passage partition portion 355. The sound passage partition portion 355 is formed by the connecting plate 274c and extends along the boundary portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353. In this case, the sound passage partition 355 forms the floor of the third passage 353.

Here, the lower tray passage partition portion 342 includes a horizontal portion 342a extending along the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and a vertical portion 342b extending along the vertical passage portion 285. have. The lateral portion 342a extends along the boundary between the upper lateral passage portion 284 and the third lateral passage portion 353 to partition the upper lateral passage portion 284 and the third lateral passage portion 353 into upper and lower parts. The floor of the lateral passage portion 284 and the ceiling portion of the third passage portion 353 are formed. The vertical portion 342b extends along the boundary portion between the vertical passage portion 285 and the first passage portion 351 and the third passage portion 353, and thus the vertical passage portion 285, the first passage portion 351 and the third passage portion 353. 353 and the left and right are divided.

The lower tray passage hole 344 is formed in the vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partition 342. The sound passage partition portion 355 extends from the vertical portion 342b toward the side opposite to the vertical passage portion 285, and the lower dish passage hole 344 extends in the vertical direction, so that the horizontal portion 342a and the sound passage partition portion 355 are formed. It has been passed over to. The lower dish passage hole 344 extends downward from the horizontal portion 342a below the horizontal portion 342a, and the gaming balls flowing down from the upper horizontal passage portion 284 to the vertical passage portion 285 are the lower tray passage hole 344. Move away. In this case, the lower dish passage hole 344 extends downward from the downstream side end of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, and a position where the game ball flowing down the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is hard to contact, that is, It is arranged at a position separated from the flow path of the game ball. By disposing the lower dish passage hole 344 at the separated position, a suppression mechanism that suppresses the game balls from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344 is configured.

The lower plate passage hole 344 is arranged at a position where at least a part of the side face portion of the vertical passage portion 285 overlaps with the linear portion of the vertical passage portion 285. Here, in the front door side passage unit 45, the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 is formed by the pair of base plates 274a and 274b and the connecting plate 274c, and the lower tray passage hole 344 is formed on the side surface of the vertical passage portion 285. Of the parts, it is arranged in the part formed by the connecting plate 274c.

In the sound passage 333, each straight line portion of the passage portions 351 to 353 has a tapered shape that gradually becomes thicker toward the downstream side. In this case, in each straight line portion of the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end portion of the second passage portion 352 is the same as the cross-sectional area of the downstream end portion of the first passage portion 351. Or larger. Further, in each of the straight line portions of the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the third passage portion 353 is equal to or larger than the cross-sectional area of the second passage portion 352. There is.

The sound passage 333 is bent along the back surface of the base frame 231, and has a plurality of sound bent portions 357 as the bent portions. The sound bend portion 357 is formed in each of the connection portion between the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352 and the connection portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, and the lower speaker 30a. It is possible to attenuate the mid-high range of the sound output from the sound passage 333 and passing through the sound passage 333. The sound bending portion 357 corresponds to the sound corner portion. Further, in the connecting portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the sound bending portion 357 corresponds to the folded portion where the third passage portion 353 is folded back with respect to the second passage portion 352.

The cross-sectional area of each sound bending portion 357 is substantially the same as the cross-sectional area of the passage portions 351 to 353 that are vertically adjacent to each other. For example, in the connecting portion between the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352, the cross-sectional area of the sound bending portion 357 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352. Is almost the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the straight line portion. In the connecting portion between the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353, the cross-sectional area of the sound bending portion 357 is the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the straight portion of the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353. Is almost the same as the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the straight line portion.

<Regulation member 363>
The lower dish passage hole 344 has a size and a shape that allow game balls to enter. Specifically, the cross-sectional area of the lower dish passage hole 344 is equal to or larger than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the third passage portion 353, and the cross-sectional area of the vertical passage portion 285 is lower than that. It is equal to or larger than the cross-sectional area of the dish passage hole 344. Therefore, in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, there is a concern that game balls flowing down the vertical passage portion 285 or game balls accumulated in the vertical passage portion 285 may enter the sound passage 333 through the lower tray passage hole 344. It

Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 14 to 16, the front door-side passage unit 45 includes a regulation member 363 as an outflow regulation portion that regulates the outflow of the game balls from the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333. Have The restricting member 363 is an opening/closing member that is openable/closable with respect to the lower tray passage hole 344, opens the lower tray passage hole 344 in the open state, and opens the lower tray passage hole 344 in the closed state. Is closed.

The regulating member 363 is formed of a plate material and can block the transmission of sound in the air. When the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, the sound passage 333 is closed from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 side, so that the game ball from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333 The outflow is regulated, and the sound transmission from the sound passage 333 to the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is regulated. Therefore, the closed state of the restriction member 363 corresponds to the restricted state for each of the outflow of the game ball and the transmission of the sound. In addition to the fact that the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, the regulation member 363 constitutes a suppression mechanism that suppresses the outflow of the game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344. ing.

The regulating member 363 is rotatably supported by the base plates 274a and 274b, and is opened and closed by rotating. The restricting member 363 is provided in a state of being stretched over the pair of base plates 274a and 274b, and its rotation axis extends in the alignment direction of the base plates 274a and 274b (the thickness direction of the front door side passage unit 45). ing. A rotation shaft is arranged at one end of the regulation member 363, and the rotation shaft is arranged side by side at the downstream end of the lower plate passage partition portion 342.

When the regulating member 363 is in the closed state, the end portion on which the rotating shaft is arranged is the upper end portion, and extends downward from the upper end portion. In this case, the regulating member 363 covers the lower plate passage hole 344 from the vertical passage portion 285 side in a state where the pivoting front end portion (lower end portion) is horizontally arranged at the downstream end portion of the sound passage partition portion 355. Therefore, the sound passage 333 is closed from the downstream side.

At the upper end of the vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partition 342, a recess 364 recessed toward the sound passage partition 355 is formed. When the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, the turning front end of the restricting member 363 is inserted into the recess 364 from the vertical passage portion 285 side, whereby the restricting member 363 is disposed on the vertical passage portion 285 side. It does not stick out. In this case, in the regulating member 363, the plate surface on the vertical passage portion 285 side is in a state of being continuous with the inner peripheral surface of the vertical passage portion 285 (the surface of the vertical portion 342b on the vertical passage portion 285 side). As a result, it is suppressed that the flow-down mode of the game ball in the vertical passage portion 285 changes due to the presence of the regulation member 363 in the closed state.

Further, the tip end of the regulation member 363 is caught in the recess 364 from the side of the vertical passage 285, so that the tip does not enter the sound passage 333. Therefore, for example, even if the game balls are piled up in the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 and the vertical passage portion 285 when the lower plate 34 is full, the regulation member 363 is pushed by the game ball and rotated to the sound passage 333 side. It is possible to prevent the lower tray passage hole 344 from being opened due to movement.

The restricting member 363 is in an unrestricted state in which the passage of the lower dish passage hole 344 is not restricted for both the game ball and the sound when the fully open state is in the open state. In this case, the restricting member 363 extends from the end portion having the rotation axis toward the side opposite to the horizontal portion 342a of the lower plate passage partition portion 342, and is arranged at a position overlapping the extension line of the horizontal portion 342a. Has been done. Therefore, the transmission of sound from the sound passage 333 to the lower plate 34 through the vertical passage portion 285 is not blocked by the restriction member 363. The position when the restriction member 363 is fully open corresponds to the partition position.

Further, the regulating member 363 has the same thickness dimension as the lateral portion 342a. Therefore, the upper surface and the lower surface of the regulating member 363 are arranged on the extension lines of the upper surface and the lower surface of the lateral portion 342a. In this case, in the fully open restricting member 363, the upper surface thereof forms a surface continuous with the passage surface 284a (the upper surface of the horizontal portion 342a) of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, and the lower surface thereof is the ceiling of the third passage portion 353. A continuous surface is formed on the surface (the lower surface of the lateral portion 342a).

Further, the restricting member 363 extends in the width direction of the vertical passage portion 285 in the fully opened state, and is in a partition state in which the vertical passage portion 285 is vertically divided. In this case, the restricting member 363 restricts the sound transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the vertical passage portion 285 from proceeding to the upstream side (upper horizontal passage portion 284 side), while the downstream side (lower horizontal passage portion 286 side). It does not regulate going to). Therefore, when the restricting member 363 is in the partition state, the sound transmission direction from the sound passage 333 is limited to the lower plate 34 side. Further, in this case, the restriction member 363 is arranged at a position overlapping the downflow path of the game ball flowing down the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. The regulation member 363 corresponds to the partition body in addition to the outflow regulation unit and the opening/closing body.

By the way, even when the restricting member 363 is in the open state, if the opening degree with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 is large enough to restrict the outflow of the game ball from the lower dish passage hole 344, You are in a regulated state that regulates outflow. Further, if the opening degree is such that the sound transmission of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is restricted, it means that the sound transmission to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is restricted. ..

The front door side passage unit 45 has a biasing member that biases the restriction member 363 to the fully open state. The biasing member is a torsion spring or the like provided for the rotating shaft of the restricting member 363, and when the game ball is placed on the restricting member 363, the load applied to the restricting member 363 from the game ball is smaller than the load applied to the restricting member 363. It has a small biasing force.

Further, the front door side passage unit 45 has a rotation stopper 365 that restricts the restriction member 363 from rotating from the fully opened state (partitioned state) to the direction in which the opening degree further increases. The rotation stopper 365 is a convex portion that protrudes inward from the inner peripheral surface of the front door-side passage forming portion 276, and extends in the depth direction of the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 to form a pair. It is in a state of being stretched over the base plates 274a and 274b. The regulating member 363 is held in the fully opened state against the urging force of the urging member by the pivoting front end thereof being caught by the pivoting stopper 365 from the downstream side. The rotation stopper 365 is arranged on the upstream side of the lower tray passage hole 344 and on the opposite side of the lower tray passage partition portion 342 with the vertical passage portion 285 interposed therebetween. In this case, the rotation stopper 365 is arranged in the vertical passage portion 285 at a position higher than the downstream side end portion of the lower dish passage partition portion 342, so that the rotation stopper 365 is provided in the downward passage path of the game ball flowing down the vertical passage portion 285. It is located in a non-overlapping position.

Since the regulating member 363 in the partition state is hooked on the rotation stopper 365 from the downstream side, the first ball entrance 34a of the lower plate 34 is temporarily used for the purpose of illegally paying out the game ball from the payout device 222. Even if an unauthorized jig such as a wire is inserted into the lower tray passage portion 273 on the front door side, it is difficult for the unauthorized jig to push open the restricting member 363 in the fully opened state, and the unauthorized jig is inserted into the dispensing device 222. Can be reached. As a result, it is possible to prevent a suspicious person from illegally receiving the payout of gaming balls.

When the restricting member 363 is in the fully opened state, the lower surface of the restricting member 363 is arranged on the extension line of the ceiling surface of the third passage portion 353, and therefore, until the illegal jig comes into contact with the restricting member 363. Even if it is inserted, it is very difficult for a suspicious person to estimate the position of the boundary between the third passage portion 353 and the vertical passage portion 285 from the feel of the illegal jig. That is, it is possible to prevent a suspicious person from grasping the shape and size of the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273.

The restricting member 363 is held in a fully opened state by the urging force of the urging member while the game ball does not flow down from the upper horizontal passage portion 284 to the vertical passage portion 285, while it is held from the upper horizontal passage portion 284. As the game ball flows down into the vertical passage portion 285, it shifts to a non-fully opened state (closed state or an opened state having a smaller opening than the fully opened state) against the biasing force of the biasing member. When the restriction member 363 is in the non-fully opened state, the efficiency of sound transmission from the sound passage 333 to the vertical passage portion 285 is reduced by the existence of the restriction member 363. Therefore, the volume of the sound emitted toward the lower plate 34 is lower than that in the case where the restricting member 363 is in the fully opened state.

As shown in FIG. 14, the restriction member 363 is provided with a restriction drive unit 366 for forcibly performing the closing operation of the restriction member 363. The regulation drive unit 366 is configured to include an electric motor, and has a drive shaft portion 366a that is the shaft of the motor. The regulation drive portion 366 is provided on the front side of the front door side passage unit 45 in a state where the drive shaft portion 366a penetrates the front base plate 274a. The base frame 231 of the front door frame 14 is provided with an accommodating portion (not shown) for accommodating the regulation drive portion 366, and the accommodating portion is a concave portion that is recessed in a direction away from the front door side passage unit 45. Has been done.

A hook portion such as a cam is provided on the drive shaft portion 366a of the regulation drive portion 366, and the drive shaft portion 366a rotates with the hook portion hooked on the regulation member 363, whereby the regulation member 363 is fully opened. The state can be changed to the closed state. Here, the drive shaft portion 366a is not connected to the rotation shaft of the regulation member 363, but the hook portion can be hooked on the regulation member 363, so that the game is performed on the regulation member 363 in the fully opened state. When the ball is placed, only the regulation member 363 rotates even if the drive shaft portion 366a of the regulation drive portion 366 does not rotate. That is, the load of the game ball is not configured to rotate the drive shaft portion 366a in addition to the regulation member 363. In this case, since the regulation member 363 is easily rotated by a small external force such as a load from the game ball, the regulation member 363 is closed even if the game ball is placed on the regulation member 363 in the fully opened state. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of the situation of not performing.

<Operation of the regulating member 363>
Next, the operation of the regulating member 363 will be described with reference to FIGS. 16, 22, and 23. 22 and 23 are diagrams showing an operation mode of the regulating member 363 in the front door side passage unit 45. In FIG. 22, (a) shows the case where the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, and (b) shows the case where the restricting member 363 closes as the gaming ball flows down. In FIG. 23, (a) shows a diagram when the restricting member 363 is in the closed state, and (b) shows a diagram when the game ball enters the sound passage 333.

As shown in FIGS. 16 and 22A, in the enclosure 331, when the restricting member 363 is in the fully opened state, the sound output from the rear side of the lower speaker 30a to the air chamber 332 is transmitted to the sound passage 333, It is discharged toward the lower tray 34 through the vertical passage portion 285, the lower horizontal passage portion 286, and the first ball inlet 34a. In this case, the sound reaches the lower tray 34 from the air chamber 332 through the shortest path, and in the enclosure 331, the sound passage 333, the vertical passage portion 285, the lower horizontal passage portion 286, and the first ball inlet 34a are the shortest. When the parts forming the path are collectively referred to as a horn region 371, the regulation member 363 forms the horn region 371 when it is in the fully opened state.

In the enclosure 331, when the regulation member 363 is in the fully open state, there is a region not included in the horn region 371 on the upstream side of the regulation member 363, and the region is referred to as a non-horn region 372. For example, the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 are partitioned by the restricting member 363 which is in a fully opened state. The non-horn region 372 includes a region of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and a region of the vertical passage portion 285 on the upstream side of the fully open restricting member 363. The restricting member 363 is arranged at the boundary between the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 when it is in the fully opened state (when it is in the partition position).

Note that when the regulation member 363 is in the closed state, the regulation member 363 partitions the horn region 371 into the sound passage 333 side and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 side. On the other hand, when the regulation member 363 is in the open state such as the fully opened state, the regulation member 363 does not partition the horn region 371.

The horn region 371 has a horn shape in which the cross-sectional area is gradually increased from the upstream end of the sound passage 333 to the downstream end (lower plate 34) of the first ball inlet 34a. In this case, the cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the vertical passage portion 285 of the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is the same as or smaller than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end portion (lower dish passage hole 344) of the sound passage 333. Has been made larger. The cross-sectional area of the upstream end of the first ball inlet 34a is the same as or larger than the cross-sectional area of the downstream end of the lower lateral passage portion 286.

In the sound passage 333 and the front-door-side lower plate passage portion 273, the rate of increase in the cross-sectional area that increases toward the downstream side is substantially the same, while at the first ball inlet 34a, the downstream side (lower plate). 34), the increasing rate of the sectional area increasing toward 34) is made larger than the increasing rates of the sectional areas of the sound passage 333 and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. In this case, the horn region 371 is bent by the curved portions 304, 305, and 357, but is a morning glory-shaped horn as a whole. In the morning glory type horn, the sound emitted from the downstream end is less likely to diffuse and travels forward easily, so the sound emitted from the first ball entrance 34a of the horn region 371 is also forward of the pachinko machine 10. It will be easier to proceed. Therefore, by utilizing the configuration in which the player easily inserts his/her finger into the first ball entrance 34a, the sound emitted from the first ball entrance 34a is easily heard by the player.

Moreover, in the lower plate 34, since the front region 248 is arranged at a position lower than the lower end of the first ball inlet 34a, the sound emitted from the first ball inlet 34a is blocked by the front region 248. It is less likely to occur. Therefore, by utilizing the configuration in which it is easy for the player to insert his/her hand into the lower plate 34 and grab the game ball, a configuration in which the sound emitted from the first ball entrance 34a easily reaches the player is realized. doing.

In addition, the horn region 371 has a back load in the enclosure 331 of the lower speaker unit 30, because the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333 have a plurality of bent portions 304, 305, 357. You are forming a horn. Therefore, in the horn region 371, with respect to the sound transmitted from the air chamber 332 to the lower plate 34, the low-pitched sound range is easily amplified and the mid-high-pitched sound range is easily attenuated. As a result, even if the sound volume output from the front side of the lower speaker 30a is insufficient in the bass range, the sound output from the rear side of the lower speaker 30a causes insufficient volume in the bass range. Can be supplemented.

As shown in FIG. 22B, when the game ball flowing down the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 reaches the restricting member 363 in the fully opened state, the restricting member 363 is directed downward by the game ball. It is pushed and closed to shift to the non-fully opened state, whereby this game ball can pass through the boundary between the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372. Even if the restriction member 363 does not move to the closed state, if the opening degree of the restriction member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 becomes small enough to allow the game ball to pass through the vertical passage portion 285, the game ball will be a horn. It can pass through the boundary between the region 371 and the non-horn region 372. The state of the restriction member 363 in this case corresponds to a flow-down permission state in which the flow of the game ball is permitted.

When the restriction member 363 shifts to the non-fully opened state with the passage of the game ball, the sound output from the lower speaker 30a to the air chamber 332 is blocked by the restriction member 363 in the non-fully opened state (lower plate It becomes difficult for the sound passage 333 to be transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the lower tray passage portion 273 on the front door side (because the opening degree of the regulating member 363 with respect to the passage hole 344 becomes small). Therefore, when the game balls are intermittently paid out from the payout device 222 to the lower plate 34, the emission of sound to the lower plate 34 is repeatedly restricted by the restricting member 363, and for the player, The sound emitted from the door-side lower plate passage portion 273 to the lower plate 34 sounds like repeated interruptions. In this way, by interrupting the sound heard from the lower plate 34, it is possible to suppress monotonous effects by the sound, or to let the player notice that the game balls are discharged to the lower plate 34. It will be possible.

By the way, when a plurality of gaming balls flow down intermittently in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the next gaming ball may reach the regulating member 363 at a timing before the regulating member 363 returns to the fully opened state. There is. In this case, if the restriction member 363 is in the open state even if it has not returned to the fully open state, the game ball comes into contact with the restriction member 363, and the restriction member 363 is closed again by being pressed by the game ball. Start operation.

In the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, since the cross-sectional area of the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 is sufficiently larger than the game ball, the game ball flowing downstream from the lower plate passage hole 344. Even if there is, the sound taken in from the lower dish passage hole 344 is transmitted to the downstream side through between the game ball and the inner peripheral surface of the front door side passage forming portion 276. Therefore, when the game balls are discharged to the lower tray 34 through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, it is less likely that the sound emitted from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is blocked by the game balls. ing.

As shown in FIG. 23A, in the front-door-side passage unit 45, when the lower plate full is detected by the full detection sensor 280, the restricting drive unit 366 drives the restricting member 363 to the closed state. To move to. Here, the lower tray passage hole 344 is arranged in the vertical passage portion 285, whereas the full detection sensor 280 is arranged in the lower stage horizontal passage portion 286 on the downstream side of the vertical passage portion 285. Even when the plate 34 is full and the game balls are stacked in the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the regulation member is provided before the stack of the game balls reaches the lower plate passage hole 344 of the vertical passage portion 285. The 363 can be moved to the closed state. Therefore, it is less likely that the game balls accumulated in the vertical passage portion 285 will be an obstacle when the restricting member 363 moves to the closed state. The operation control of the regulation member 363 (regulation driving unit 366) will be described later.

<Game ball discharge function of sound passage 333>
In the horn region 371, as described above, the outflow of the game ball from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333 is regulated by the regulation member 363. It cannot be said that there is no possibility of spillage into the passage 333. Therefore, the sound passage 333 is provided with a discharge function for discharging the game balls flowing out into the sound passage 333 toward the front door side lower plate passage portion 273.

As shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 23(a), in the upper-side lateral passage portion 284 and the lower-side lateral passage portion 286 of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the respective floor surfaces (passages) are provided to promote the flow of the game balls. The road surface) inclines diagonally downward toward the downstream side.

Particularly, the passage surface 284a of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 is formed by the upper surface of the horizontal portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition portion 342, and the horizontal portion 342a is provided in a state of being inclined toward the lower tray passage hole 344. It is inclined by that. The upper surface of the lateral portion 342a forms the passage surface 284a, while the lower surface thereof forms the ceiling surface of the third passage portion 353 of the sound passage 333, whereby the ceiling of the third passage portion 353 is formed. The surface and the passage surface 284a of the upper lateral passage portion 284 extend in parallel.

Here, in the third passage portion 353, in order to realize a configuration in which the cross-sectional area thereof gradually increases toward the lower dish passage hole 344, the distance between the ceiling surface and the floor surface (passage surface 353a) is reduced. It gradually increases toward the dish passage hole 344. As a result, the inclination angle of the passage surface 353a of the third passage portion 353 toward the downstream side of the sound transmission (lower dish passage hole 344) is the upper horizontal direction toward the downstream side (lower dish passage hole 344) of the flow of the game ball. It is larger than the inclination angle of the passage surface 284a of the passage portion 284. That is, the inclination angle of the sound passage partition portion 355 is larger than the inclination angle of the lateral portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition portion 342.

Therefore, even if the game ball enters the third passage portion 353 of the sound passage 333, the inclination of the passage surface 353a of the third passage portion 353 promotes the game ball to flow down toward the lower plate passage hole 344. Be done. That is, by utilizing the shape of the third passage portion 353 for forming the horn region 371, a configuration for promoting the discharge of the game ball from the third passage portion 353 is realized. Moreover, since the restricting member 363 is normally in the fully open state, after the game ball in the third passage portion 353 reaches the lower tray passage hole 344, it can flow down from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the vertical passage portion 285. The restriction member 363 makes it difficult for the restriction member 363 to block. Further, as described above, since the lower tray passage hole 344 extends upward from the sound passage partition portion 355, the discharge of the game balls from the third passage portion 353 is the vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342. It is not regulated by.

<Electrical configuration>
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described based on the block diagram of FIG.

A main MPU 402 is mounted on a main control board 401 provided in the main controller 162. The main MPU 402 is a ROM 403 that stores various control programs executed by the main MPU 402 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 403 is executed. The RAM 404 is an element including an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input/output circuit, various counter circuits as a random number generator, and the like. The main MPU 402 may have a part of the function, for example, the function of the ROM 403 or the function of the RAM 404 as another element.

The main MPU 402 is provided with an input port and an output port, respectively. To the input side of the main MPU 402, the power failure monitoring board 405 provided in the main control device 162, the payout control device 181, various detection sensors and the like are connected. In this case, a power/fire control device 191 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 405, and power is supplied to the main MPU 402 via the power failure monitoring board 405.

Although not shown, the main MPU 402 includes, as a part of various detection sensors, a prize detection sensor for the general winning opening 61, a prize detection sensor for the upper working opening 62, and a prize detection sensor for the lower working opening 63. The winning detection sensor for the variable winning device 64 and the winning detection sensor for the through gate 65 are connected, and the main MPU 402 of the main control device 162 determines the winning of each winning portion (win determination). In addition, the main MPU 402 executes the jackpot occurrence lottery based on the winning of the upper working opening 62 and the lower working opening 63, and also executes the support occurrence drawing based on the winning of the through gate 65.

A power failure monitoring board 405, a payout control device 181, and a notification/production control device 143 are connected to the output side of the main MPU 402. To the payout control device 181, for example, a prize ball command is output based on the result of the winning determination to the winning-corresponding winning portion. In this case, when outputting the prize ball command, the command information storage area of the ROM 403 is referred to. Then, when the winning of the general winning opening 61 is specified, a prize ball command corresponding to the payout of 10 gaming balls is output, and when the winning of the variable winning device 64 is specified, 15 gaming balls are output. The prize ball command corresponding to the payout of the game ball is output, and when the winning of the upper working opening 62 is specified, the prize ball command corresponding to the payout of three gaming balls is output, and the winning of the winning ball into the lower working opening 63. If specified, a prize ball command corresponding to the payout of four game balls is output.

Various commands such as a change command, a change end command, an opening command, and an ending command are output to the notification/effect control device 143. In this case, when outputting these various commands, the command information storage area of the ROM 403 is referred to. Each command is configured as information of a predetermined number of bytes, and various information is included as the information of the predetermined number of bytes. In particular, in the variation command as the command for the game time, in addition to the information on the game result of each game time and the information on the variable display time of each game time, the regulation drive unit 366 is operated as the various information. It contains information on whether or not.

Further, on the output side of the main MPU 402, an accessory driving unit for driving the electric accessory 71 attached to the lower working opening 63, a variable ball driving unit for driving the opening/closing door of the variable winning device 64, and the main display unit 81. Are connected. Various driver circuits are provided on the main control board 401, and the main MPU 402 executes drive control of various driving units and the like through the driver circuits.

That is, in the opening/closing execution mode, the drive control of the variable winning ball drive unit in the variable winning device 64 is executed in the main MPU 402 so that the big winning opening of the variable winning device 64 is opened and closed. When the lower working port 63 is in the open state (support win), the drive control of the accessory drive unit of the electric accessory 71 is executed in the main MPU 402 so that the electric accessory 71 is opened and closed. It In addition, during each game, display control of the main display unit 81 is executed in the main MPU 402.

Furthermore, an external terminal board 213 is connected to the output side of the main MPU 402. The external terminal board 213 is provided with a jackpot signal output terminal or the like as an output terminal for outputting a signal when the state is changed. When the game result is a big hit result, the main MPU 402 can output a big hit signal to the management control device on the game hall side through the big hit signal output terminal. Specifically, in the normal time, the LOW level signal is output from the jackpot signal output terminal, and when the jackpot result is obtained, the HI level signal is output. The output mode of this signal may be reversed.

The power failure monitoring board 405 relays between the main control board 401 and the power supply/launch control device 191, and also monitors the voltage of DC stable 24V which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply/launch control device 191.

The payout control device 181 controls the payout device 222 to pay out prize balls or loan balls based on the prize ball command input from the main control device 162. A fullness detection sensor 280 is connected to the payout control device 181, and the payout control device 181 can determine whether or not the lower plate is full by receiving a detection signal from the fullness detection sensor 280. Has become.

The power supply/launch control device 191 is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game arcade or the like. Then, based on the external power supplied from the commercial power supply, the operating power necessary for each of the main control board 401, the payout control device 181, and the like is generated, and the generated operating power is supplied through a predetermined power path. To do. Further, the power supply/launch control device 191 is responsible for the launch control of the game ball launching mechanism 110, and the game ball launching mechanism 110 is driven when a predetermined launch condition is satisfied.

<About various counters>
Next, an electrical configuration for performing various lottery in the main MPU 402 of the main controller 162 will be described with reference to FIG.

The main MPU 402 uses various counter information at the time of playing a game to perform jackpot generation lottery, setting of display of the main display unit 81, setting of symbol display of the symbol display device 75, etc. Specifically, FIG. As shown, the jackpot random number counter C1 used in the lottery for the jackpot occurrence, the jackpot type counter C2 used in determining the jackpot type, and the reach random number counter used in allocating the presence/absence of the reach and the type thereof. C3, the random number initial value counter CINI used to set the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the variation type counter CS that determines the variation display time in the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75 are used. Further, an electric accessory counter C4 used in a lottery for determining whether or not the electric accessory 71 of the lower operation port 63 is in the electric role open state is used.

Each of the counters C1 to C4, CINI and CS is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the lottery counter buffer 421 set in a predetermined area of the RAM 404. Of these, in the lottery counter buffer 421, the information corresponding to the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 is acquired in the RAM 404 when a win is generated in the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63. It is stored in the reserved ball storage area 422 provided as information storage means.

The reserve ball storage area 422 includes a reserve area RE including a first result display reserve area Ra and a second result display reserve area Rb, and an execution area AE. The holding areas Ra and Rb are provided with the first areas Ra1 and Rb1, the second areas Ra2 and Rb2, the third areas Ra3 and Rb3, and the fourth areas Ra4 and Rb4, and are connected to the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63. In accordance with the winning history, the numerical information of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the lottery counter buffer 421 is used as pending information in any of the areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4. Stored in. The pending information corresponds to special information.

In this case, in the first areas Ra1 and Rb1 to the fourth areas Ra4 and Rb4, when the winnings to the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63 occur consecutively a plurality of times, the first areas Ra1, Rb1 → Numerical information is sequentially stored in the order of 2 areas Ra2, Rb2→third area Ra3, Rb3→fourth area Ra4, Rb4. In this way, the four areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4 are respectively provided, so that the winning history of the game balls to the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63 is stored up to four, respectively. Has become. In addition, a total reserved number storage area is provided in the reserved ball storage area 422, and the total reserved number storage area specifies the number in which the winning history for the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63 is reserved and stored. The information for doing is stored.

Note that the number that can be reserved and stored is not limited to four and may be any number, and may be another number such as two, three, or five or more, or may be a single number.

The execution area AE is an area for moving each numerical value information stored in the first areas Ra1 and Rb1 of the holding area RE when starting the variable display of the main display unit 81, and starts one game time. At that time, a win/fail judgment or the like is performed on the basis of various numerical information stored in the execution area AE.

For details of each counter, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured to be sequentially incremented by 1 within a range of 0 to 599, for example, and then returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the jackpot random number counter C1 (value=0 to 599). The big hit random number counter C1 is periodically updated and stored in the reserved ball storage area 422 of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63. More specifically, the game ball is stored in the first result display reserve area Ra of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper working opening 62, and the second result display section of the RAM 404 when the game ball wins the lower working opening 63. It is stored in the reservation area Rb.

The value of the random number that is a big hit is stored as a win/loss table (win/win information group) in the win/win table storage area 411 as a win/win information group storage unit in the ROM 403. Here, the contents of the hit/miss table will be described. As the win/loss table, a win/loss table for low probability mode (low probability win/loss information group) and a win/loss table for high probability mode (high probability win/loss information group) are set. That is, in the pachinko machine 10, the low-probability mode (low-probability state) and the high-probability mode (high-probability state) are set as the lottery modes in the win/loss lottery means.

In the gaming state in which the win/loss table for the low probability mode is referred to in the lottery, there are two random number values (that is, win information) that are a big hit. On the other hand, in the gaming state where the win/loss table for the high probability mode is referred to in the above-mentioned lottery, the value of the random number which is a big hit is 21. In this case, the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 that is a jackpot win in the low probability mode is included in the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 that is a jackpot win in the high probability mode.

If the probability of winning in the high-probability mode is higher than that in the low-probability mode, the number and value of the random numbers that win the prize are arbitrary, and the jackpot random numbers that win the jackpot in the situation of the low-probability mode. The value group of the counter C1 may or may not include a part of the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is a big hit in the situation of the high probability mode.

In each lottery mode, the lottery result is a result other than the value of the random number that is a big hit.

Next, the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is configured to be incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 29, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The jackpot type counter C2 is regularly updated and is stored in the reserved ball storage area 422 of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63. More specifically, the game ball is stored in the first result display reserve area Ra of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper working opening 62, and the second result display section of the RAM 404 when the game ball wins the lower working opening 63. It is stored in the reservation area Rb.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10, (1) a win/loss lottery mode in the win/loss lottery means after the end of the opening/closing execution mode, and (2) a support mode in the electric accessory 71 of the lower working opening 63 after the end of the open/close execution mode are referred to as 2 Different types of jackpot results are set by setting different conditions. As the win/loss lottery mode, the low-probability mode and the high-probability mode are set as described above.

As the support mode, the frequency at which the electric accessory 71 of the lower working port 63 is in the accepting state per unit time when compared in the situation where the game balls are continuously emitted in the same manner to the game area PE. The low-frequency support mode (low-frequency support state or low-frequency guide state) and the high-frequency support mode (high-frequency support state or high-frequency guide state) are set so as to be relatively high or low.

Specifically, in the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode, the probability that the electric-role acceptance state wins in the electric-role-effects lottery using the electric-role effect counter C4 is the same (for example, both are 4/5). However, in the high-frequency support mode, the number of times that the electric accessory 71 is in the accepting state when the winning combination is accepted is set more than in the low-frequency support mode. The time is set long. In this case, in the high-frequency support mode, when the electric officer accepting state is elected and the accepting state of the electric accessory 71 occurs a plurality of times, waiting from the end of one accepting state to the start of the next accepting state. The time is set shorter than the acceptance time of one time. Furthermore, in the high frequency support mode, the minimum secured time is set to be shorter than the low frequency support mode in order to perform the next electric power product lottery after one electric power product lottery is performed. Has been done.

As described above, in the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the lower working opening 63 is higher than in the low-frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the probability of winning the upper working opening 62 is higher than that in the lower working opening 63, but in the high frequency support mode, winning in the lower working opening 63 is higher than that in the upper working opening 62. Is more likely to occur. Then, when a prize is generated in the lower working opening 63, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the player plays the game while not reducing the number of balls that he holds. be able to.

The configuration for increasing the frequency of being in the power-accepting state per unit time in the high-frequency support mode is lower than that in the low-frequency support mode, and is not limited to the above-mentioned one. It may be configured such that the probability of winning the electric-role acceptance state is increased. In addition, the number of switching to the receiving state is increased, the receiving time is lengthened, and the minimum securement is ensured when one electric lottery lottery is performed after one electric lottery lottery is performed. By shortening the time (that is, shortening the variation display time for one time in the accessory result display section) and increasing the winning probability, by applying any one condition or any combination of conditions, The advantage of the high frequency support mode over the frequency support mode may be increased.

The distribution destination of the game result for the jackpot type counter C2 is stored as a distribution table (distribution information group) in the distribution table storage area 412 as the distribution information group storage means in the ROM 403. Then, as the distribution destination, a normal jackpot result (low probability corresponding special game result) and a probability variation jackpot result (high probability corresponding special game result) are set.

The regular jackpot result is high frequency support until the win/loss lottery mode becomes the low probability mode after the opening/closing execution mode ends, and the number of games reaches the end reference number (specifically, 100 times) after the support mode transitions. It is a jackpot result that becomes a mode. After the end reference number of times has elapsed, the low frequency support mode is entered.

The probability variation jackpot result is a jackpot result in which the win/loss lottery mode becomes the high-probability mode and the support mode becomes the high-frequency support mode after the end of the opening/closing execution mode. The high-frequency support mode is continued until the lottery result in the win/loss lottery becomes a big hit state win and the opening/closing execution mode is shifted accordingly.

In the distribution table, "0-9" corresponds to the normal jackpot result and "10-29" corresponds to the probability variation jackpot result, but the distribution of this numerical value is arbitrary. The jackpot result allocation destination is not limited to the above two types, and for example, in the opening/closing execution mode, a plurality of modes are set so that the expected value of the game ball becomes high and low, and the opening/closing execution is performed. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the types of jackpot results are increased from the above two types by providing a difference in the mode of the mode transition destination.

The reach random number counter C3 is configured to be sequentially incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 238, for example, and then returned to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Here, in the pachinko machine 10, an expected effect is set as a kind of display effect in the symbol display device 75. With the expected effect, in the game machine in which the variable winning device 64 is in the opening/closing execution mode in the game times, the stop result after the variable display is the added correspondence result, the variable display of the symbol (pattern) on the symbol display device 75 is started. Is a display state for making the player think that it is a variable display state in which the stop response result is easily displayed and is likely to be the above-mentioned assignment correspondence result.

Two types of expected display are set: a reach display and a notice display for expecting the occurrence of the reach display or the result of the addition response in a stage before the reach display occurs.

In the reach display, the symbols are stopped and displayed for a part of the symbol columns displayed on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, thereby displaying a combination of the reach symbols, and the remaining symbols are displayed in that state. A display state in which variable display of symbols is performed in the symbol column is included. Further, in the state where the reach symbol combination is displayed as described above, the reach display is performed by displaying the symbols in the remaining symbol rows in a variable manner and displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the background screen. , Which includes reducing or displaying a combination of reach symbols and displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on almost the entire display screen to perform a reach effect.

In the notice display, after the variable display of the symbols is started on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, the symbols are variably displayed in all the symbol columns, or some symbol columns are plural. In the situation where the symbols are variably displayed in the symbol column, the aspect in which the character is displayed separately from the symbols on the symbol column is included. Further, it also includes a background screen having a predetermined mode different from the previous modes and a pattern on the symbol row having a predetermined mode different from the previous modes. Such advance notice display can occur at both game times when the reach display is performed and when the reach display is not performed, but the reach display is higher than the case where the reach display is not performed. It is set to occur with a probability.

The reach display is executed irrespective of the value of the reach random number counter C3 in the game time when the game is switched to the open/close execution mode. Further, in the game time that does not shift to the open/close execution mode, the reach random number counter C3 obtained at a predetermined timing corresponds to the occurrence of the reach display by referring to the reach table stored in the reach table storage area of the ROM 403. Executed if On the other hand, the determination as to whether or not to display the advance notice is made not in the main control device 162 but in the notification/effect control device 143 or the display control device 170.

The variation type counter CS is configured to be incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 198, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The fluctuation type counter CS is used in determining in the main MPU 402 the fluctuation display time in the main display unit 81 and the fluctuation display time of the symbol in the symbol display device 75. The variation type counter CS is updated once every time a normal process described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the variation type counter CS is acquired when the variation display is determined on the main display unit 81 and when the variation of the symbol is started by the symbol display device 75.

The electric accessory counter C4 is configured to be incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 249, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The electric accessory counter C4 is periodically updated and is stored in the electric accessory holding area 423 of the RAM 404 at the timing when the game ball wins the through gate 65. Then, at a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed as to whether or not the electric accessory 71 of the lower actuation port 63 is controlled to the receiving state by the stored value of the electric accessory counter C4. For example, if C3=0 to 199, the electric accessory 71 is controlled to the accepting state, and if C3=200 to 249, the electric accessory 71 is not controlled to the accepting state.

As described above, in the main MPU 402, the variable display time in the main display unit 81 is determined by using at least the buffer value of the variation type counter CS, but the variable display time table storage area of the ROM 403 is used in the determination. To be Further, in the main MPU 402, the stop result in the main display unit 81 is determined using the values of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE. The stop result table storage area is used.

<Regarding the electrical configurations of the notification/effect control device 143 and the display control device 170>
The electrical configuration of the notification/effect control device 143 and the display control device 170 will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. 24 again.

The notification/effect control device 143 controls the lamp parts 26 to 28 and the speakers 29a, 30a provided in the front door frame 14 based on various commands input from the main control device 162.

The notification/production control device 143 includes an notification/production control board 431 on which a sub MPU 432 is mounted. The sub MPU 432 has a ROM 433 storing various control programs and fixed value data, and a control program stored in the ROM 433. A RAM 434, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing, is built in. The ROM 433 stores sound data for outputting the effect sound, the notification sound, and the guide sound from the speakers 29 and 30. The sound data is digital data, and is waveform data obtained by sampling actual audible sound or analog data.

The sub MPU 432 is provided with an input port and an output port, respectively. The main controller 162 is connected to the input side of the sub MPU 432, and receives various commands from the main controller 162. On the output side of the sub MPU 432, the various lamp units 26 to 28 provided on the front door frame 14 and the speakers 29a and 30a are connected, and the display control device 170 is also connected.

Further, the regulation drive unit 366 of the front door side passage unit 45 is connected to the output side of the sub MPU 432, and the sub MPU 432 controls the drive of the regulation drive unit 366 based on various commands from the main control unit 162. I do. Here, the sub MPU 432 drives the regulation drive unit 366 to forcibly close the regulation member 363, thereby making it difficult for the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a to be emitted to the front of the pachinko machine 10. It will be possible. For this reason, the sub MPU 432 controls the drive of the regulation drive unit 366, thereby controlling the output of the sound output toward the lower plate 34.

The display control device 170 includes a display control board 441 on which an MPU 442 is mounted, and the MPU 442 has a program ROM storing various control programs and fixed value data, and control stored in the program ROM. A work RAM, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the program is executed, is incorporated.

The symbol display device 75 is connected to the display control board 441. The MPU 442 of the display control device 170 controls the display of the symbol display device 75 based on the command input from the notification/effect control device 143. In the display control device 170, based on various commands input from the main control device 162, the variable display time of the symbols on the symbol display device 75 and the type of the combination of symbols finally stopped and displayed are determined, and the reach The presence or absence of the occurrence and the content of the reach effect are determined.

<Various processes executed by the main MPU 402>
Next, each process executed to advance the game in the main MPU 402 of the main controller 162 will be described. The processing of the main MPU 402 is roughly classified into a main processing that is started when the power is turned on and a timer interrupt processing that is started periodically.

<Main processing>
First, the main process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

First, in step S101, a power-on wait process is executed. In the power-on wait process, for example, the process waits for 1 sec after the main process is activated without proceeding to the next process. In subsequent step S102, access to the RAM 404 is permitted, and in step S103, the internal function register of the main MPU 402 is set.

Then, in step S104, it is determined whether or not the RWM erasing switch provided in the power supply/launch control device 191 is manually operated, and in subsequent step S105, whether or not "1" is set in the power failure flag of the RAM 404. Determine whether. In step S106, a checksum calculation process for calculating a checksum is executed. In the following step S107, it is determined whether or not the checksum matches the checksum saved at the time of power-off, that is, the validity of the stored data. judge.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the RWM data is initialized when the power is turned on, for example, when the game hall is opened, the power is turned on while pressing the RWM erase switch. Therefore, if the RWM delete switch is pressed, the process proceeds to step S108. Also, when the power-off occurrence information is not set, or when an abnormality in the stored and held data is confirmed by the checksum, the process similarly proceeds to step S108. In step S108, the RAM 404 is cleared as initialization of the RAM 404. Then, it progresses to step S109.

On the other hand, if the RWM erasing switch is not pressed, on condition that the power failure flag is set to "1" and the checksum is normal, the process of step S108 is executed without executing the process of step S109. Proceed to. In step S109, power-on setting processing is executed. In the power-on setting process, a predetermined area of the RAM 404, such as initialization of the power failure flag, is set to an initial value, and a command corresponding to the current game state is sent to the notification/effect control device 143 in order to recognize the current game state. Send. In addition, a payout initialization command indicating that the RWM of the payout control device 181 should be initialized is transmitted to the payout control device 181. Further, interrupt permission is set to permit the generation of timer interrupt processing.

After that, the process proceeds to the residual process of steps S110 to S113. That is, the main MPU 402 is configured to periodically execute the timer interrupt process, but there is a remaining time between one timer interrupt process and the next timer interrupt process. This remaining time will vary depending on the processing completion time of each timer interrupt processing, but the remaining processing of steps S110 to S113 is repeatedly executed by utilizing this irregular time. In this respect, it can be said that the residual process of steps S110 to S113 is an irregular process that is irregularly executed.

In the residual processing, first, in step S110, interrupt prohibition is set to prohibit the occurrence of timer interrupt processing. In a succeeding step S111, a random number initial value updating process for updating the random number initial value counter CINI is executed, and at the same time, a fluctuation counter updating process for updating the fluctuation type counter CS is executed in step S112. In these update processes, the current numerical value information is read from the corresponding counter of the RAM 404, the process of adding 1 to the read numerical value information is executed, and then the process of overwriting the counter of the reading source is executed. In this case, when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to "0". After that, in step S113, an interrupt permission setting for switching from the state in which the generation of the timer interrupt processing is prohibited to the state in which the timer interrupt processing is permitted is set. After executing the process of step S113, the process returns to step S110, and the processes of steps S110 to S113 are repeated.

<Timer interrupt processing>
Next, the timer interrupt processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

Here, a hardware configuration for periodically executing the timer interrupt process in the main MPU 402 will be described. A clock circuit is provided on the main control board 401 as a pulse signal output means for outputting a pulse signal at a predetermined cycle, and the frequency division is performed so that the clock circuit is present at an intermediate position of the signal path between the clock circuit and the main MPU 402. A circuit is provided.

The frequency dividing circuit functions as a frequency changing unit that changes the period of the pulse signal from the clock circuit, and is configured to output a pulse signal for specifying the activation timing of the timer interrupt process by the main MPU 402. That is, a pulse signal is supplied from the frequency dividing circuit to the main MPU 402 at intervals of a specific cycle of 4 msec. The main MPU 402 executes a process for confirming the occurrence of a specific signal form such as the rising or falling of the pulse signal, and activates a timer interrupt process on the condition that the occurrence of the specific signal form is confirmed as at least one condition. Execute.

In this case, if the occurrence of the above specific signal form is confirmed in the situation where the activation of the timer interrupt processing is prohibited, the timer is activated when the interrupt is changed from the disabled state to the enabled state. Interrupt processing is started. In other words, depending on the execution status of the process in the main MPU 402, the next timer interrupt process may be started 4.1 msec after the previous timer interrupt process was started, and when such an event occurs, the next timer interrupt process is started. The timer interrupt process of is started 3.9 msec after the immediately preceding timer interrupt process is started.

However, since the output of the pulse signal from the frequency dividing circuit is performed at a specific cycle of 4 msec regardless of the progress of processing in the main MPU 402, the timer interrupt processing is basically started at a specific cycle. Furthermore, the processing configuration of the main MPU 402 is such that even if the timer interrupt processing at a predetermined timing is started after a period exceeding a specific cycle has elapsed since the previous timer interrupt processing was started, The timer interrupt processing at the timing absorbs the amount exceeding the specific period, and the timer interrupt processing at the next timing is set to be activated at the timing at which the input of the pulse signal is confirmed.

In the timer interrupt process, first, the power failure information storage process is executed in step S201. In the power failure information storage processing, it is monitored whether or not a power failure signal corresponding to the occurrence of the power cutoff is received from the power failure monitoring board 405, and when the occurrence of the power failure is identified, the power failure time processing is executed.

In subsequent step S202, lottery random number update processing is executed. In the lottery random number updating process, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are updated. Specifically, after the current numerical value information is sequentially read from the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4, and the read numerical value information is incremented by 1, respectively. , The process of overwriting the counter of the reading source is executed. In this case, when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to "0".

After that, in step S203, the random number initial value updating process is executed in the same manner as in step S111, and in step S204, the fluctuation counter updating process is executed in the same manner as in step S112. In a succeeding step S205, a game stop determination process is executed. In the game stop determination process, it is monitored whether or not the progress of the game is to be stopped, and if the progress of the game is to be stopped, the execution of the process for advancing the game is stopped.

After that, in step S206, it is determined whether or not the progress of the game is stopped, and the processing of step S207 and subsequent steps is executed on condition that the progress of the game is not stopped.

In step S207, port output processing is executed. In the port output process, when the output information is set in the previous timer interrupt process, a process for performing an output corresponding to the output information to the variable winning a prize device 64 and the electric accessory 71 is executed. For example, when the information to switch the special winning opening of the variable winning device 64 to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the variable winning device 64 is started, and the information to switch to the closed state is set. In that case, the output of the drive signal is stopped. When the information for switching the electric accessory 71 of the lower operation port 63 to the open state is set, the output of the drive signal to the electric accessory 71 is started, and the information for switching to the closed state is set. If so, the output of the drive signal is stopped.

In the following step S208, a reading process is executed. In the reading process, signals other than the power failure signal and the winning signal are read, and the read information is stored for use in future processes.

In a succeeding step S209, a winning detection process is executed. In the winning detection process, the signals received from the respective winning detection sensors such as the general winning opening 61 are read, and the general winning opening 61, the large winning opening of the variable winning device 64, the upper working opening 62, the lower working opening 63, and A process for specifying whether or not there is a prize in the through gate 65 is executed.

In a succeeding step S210, a timer updating process for collectively updating the numerical information of a plurality of types of timer counters provided in the RAM 404 is executed. In this case, the configuration is such that the timer counters that are updated by subtracting the stored numerical value information are aggregated and handled, but both the subtraction timer counter update and the addition timer counter update are aggregated and performed. It may be configured.

In a succeeding step S211, a fraud detecting process for monitoring whether or not a predetermined event set as a fraudulent monitoring target has occurred is executed. In the fraud detection process, the occurrence of a plurality of types of events is monitored, and by confirming that a predetermined event has occurred, the game stop setting is performed in step S205 in the next timer interrupt process, A positive determination is made in step S206.

In a succeeding step S212, a firing control process for controlling the firing of the game ball is executed. In the situation where the shooting operation is continued for the game ball launching handle 41, as described above, one game ball is launched at a predetermined launch cycle of 0.6 sec.

In a succeeding step S213, as input state monitoring processing, disconnection confirmation of each winning detection sensor and opening confirmation of the gaming machine main portion 12 and the front door frame 14 are performed based on the information read in the reading processing of step S208.

In a succeeding step S214, special figure special electric power control processing for performing execution control of game times and execution control of opening/closing execution mode is executed. In the special map special electric control process, when a prize is generated in the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63 in a situation where the number of pieces of holding information stored in the holding ball storage area 422 is less than the upper limit number, at that time point The numerical value information of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are stored as pending information in the pending sphere storage area 422 in time series. Also, in the special figure special electric control process, it is determined whether or not the hold information corresponds to the jackpot win, provided that the hold information is not stored during the game turn and the opening/closing execution mode and the hold information is stored. If it corresponds to the processing and the jackpot winning, the jackpot determination processing for determining which jackpot result the holding information corresponds to is executed. In addition, in the special figure special electric power control process, not only the win/loss determination process and the distribution determination process, but if the hold information does not correspond to the jackpot win, whether or not the hold information corresponds to the reach occurrence A reach determination process is performed, and a duration selection process is performed to select a duration of a game using the numerical information of the fluctuation type counter CS at that time. Then, the variation command including the information of the duration time corresponding to the result of each of the processing, and the type command including the information of the game result are transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143, and the pattern on the main display unit 81 is displayed. Start variable display. As a result, one game is started, and the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75 start the game effect.

Further, in the special figure special electric control process, it is determined whether or not it is the end timing of the game time during the execution of one game time, and if it is the end timing, the display corresponding to the game result is displayed. , Executes a process for ending the game time. In this case, the final stop command (or confirmation command) indicating that the game time should be ended is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143. Further, in the special figure special electric power control process, when the result of the game time is a result corresponding to the shift to the open/close execution mode, a process for starting the open/close execution mode is executed. At the time of this start, an opening command indicating that the opening/closing execution mode is started is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143. Further, in the special figure special electric control process, a process for starting each round game and a process for ending each round game are executed. In each of these processes, a release command indicating that the round game is started (or that the variable winning device 64 is in the open state) is transmitted to the notification/production control device 143, and the round game is ended (or A closing command indicating that the variable winning device 64 is closed) is transmitted to the notification/production control device 143. In addition, in the special figure special electric control process, in order to end the open/close execution mode, an ending command indicating that is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143, and to set the win/loss lottery mode or the support mode after the open/close execution mode. The process of is executed.

After the special figure special electric power control processing of step S214 is executed in the timer interrupt processing, the universal figure normal electric power control processing is executed in step S215. In the general/university/universal control process, a process for acquiring pending information on the general/universal figure side is performed when a prize is paid to the through gate 65, and the pending information on the general/universal figure side is stored. Then, the release information is determined to be released, and the processing for performing the effect for the general figure is executed when the release determination is triggered. In addition, based on the result of the open determination, the process of opening and closing the electric accessory 71 of the lower working port 63 is executed.

In the following step S216, based on the processing results of the immediately preceding steps S214 and S215, the output information for reflecting the increased/decreased number of the hold information related to the main display unit 81 on the hold number display section is set, and the main display is performed. The output information for reflecting the increased/decreased number of the hold information related to the unit 81 on the hold number display portion is set. In step S216, output information for updating the display content of the main display unit 81 is set and the display content of the main display unit 81 is updated based on the processing results of the immediately preceding steps S214 and S215. Set the output information for

In a succeeding step S217, a demo display process for setting the display content of the symbol display device 75 for standby display in a situation where neither the game time nor the opening/closing execution mode is executed is executed, and in a step S218, The contents of the command and the signal received from the payout control device 181 are confirmed, and the payout state receiving process for performing the process corresponding to the confirmation result is executed. In step S219, payout output processing for setting the prize ball command as an output target is executed.

In the following step S220, an external information setting process for controlling the start and end of the output of the external signal according to the processing results of various processes executed in the current timer interrupt process is executed. Further, in step S221, a process for editing the trial shooting test information is executed.

If an affirmative decision is made in step S206, or after the processing of steps S207 to S221 has been executed, the operation proceeds to step S222. In step S222, an interrupt end declaration is set. In the main MPU 402, once the timer interrupt process is activated, it is stipulated that an interrupt end declaration is set as one of the conditions for activating the next timer interrupt process. Set the interrupt end declaration to enable execution of timer interrupt processing. In step S223, interrupt permission is set. In the main MPU 402, once the timer interrupt process is activated, it is set to the interrupt disabled state. Therefore, in step S223, the interrupt enable is set to enable execution of the next timer interrupt process. After that, this timer interrupt processing ends.

<Special map special power control processing>
Next, the special figure special power control processing executed in step S214 of the timer interrupt processing (FIG. 27) will be described.

In the special figure special electric power control process, the process for acquiring the hold information is performed when a winning is generated in the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63, and the holding information is held when the holding information is stored. Whether or not the information is true or false is determined, and further, the processing for performing the effect for game reuse is executed when the right or false determination is made. In addition, based on the result of the hit/miss judgment, the process of shifting to the open/close execution mode after the game use effect is executed, and the process during the open/close execution mode and at the end of the open/close execution mode is executed.

As shown in the flowchart of FIG. 28, first, in step S601, a process of acquiring hold information is executed. In the process of obtaining the hold information, it is determined whether or not a prize has been paid to the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63, and if a winning has occurred, the number of holdings in the holding ball storage area 422 is the upper limit value. (It is less than “4” in this embodiment). When the number of reservations is less than the upper limit, the number of reservations is incremented by 1, and the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 updated in the previous step S202 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27) are also added. The numerical value information is stored in the first holding area among the empty holding areas Ra1 to Ra4 and Rb1 to Rb4 of the holding area RE.

In addition, when the winnings to the upper working opening 62 and the lower working opening 63 occur at the same time, the processing for acquiring the holding information is performed a plurality of times within the range in which the processing for acquiring the holding information is executed once. Execute.

After executing the acquisition processing of the hold information in step S301, the process proceeds to steps S302 and S303. In step S302 and step S303, a confirmation process for a preliminary announcement, which is a process for causing the notification/production control device 143 and the display control device 170 to recognize that a win has occurred in the upper operation opening 62 or the lower operation opening 63, and Executes the hold command setting process.

The hold command set in the hold command setting process of step S303 is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143. A detailed description of each process of steps S302 and S303 will be given later.

In a succeeding step S304, a process of reading the information of the special figure special electric counter provided in the RAM 404 is executed, and a process of reading the special figure special electric address table from the RPM 403 is executed in step S305. Then, in step S306, a process of acquiring the start address corresponding to the information of the special figure special telephone counter from the special figure special telephone address table is executed.

Here, the processing contents of steps S304 to S306 will be described.

As described above, the special figure special electric power control process includes a process related to the game turning effect and a process related to the opening/closing execution mode. In this case, as the process related to the game turn effect, there are a special figure variation start process (step S308) for starting the game turn effect and a process for advancing the game turn effect. A certain special figure changing process (step S309) and a special figure finalizing process (step S310) for ending the game effect are set.

Further, as a process related to the opening/closing execution mode, a special electric power starting process (step S311) for controlling the opening of the opening/closing execution mode and a state in which the special winning opening of the variable winning a prize device 64 is being opened are controlled. At the time of ending of opening/closing execution mode and opening/closing execution mode of special electricity closing processing (step S313), which is processing for opening special electricity opening processing (step S312) and processing for controlling the closed state of the special winning opening. The special electric power ending processing (step S314), which is processing for controlling the transition of the gaming state, is set.

In such a processing configuration, the special figure special telephone counter is a counter for the main MPU 402 to know which of the above-mentioned plural types of processing should be executed. The start address of the program for executing the above-described plural kinds of processing is set in correspondence with the numerical information of the figure special electric counter.

In this case, the start address SA0 is the start address of the program for executing the special figure fluctuation starting process (step S308), and the start address SA1 is the program address for executing the special figure changing process (step S309). The start address SA2 is a start address of a program for executing the special figure finalization process (step S310), and the start address SA3 is a program for executing the special electric power start process (step S311). The start address SA4 is a start address of a program for executing the special electric power releasing process (step S312), and the start address SA5 is a program for executing the special electric power closing process (step S313). The start address SA6 is a start address of a program for executing the special electric power termination process (step S314).

The special map special electric counter controls the special figure special electric control at the next processing time when the condition for updating the numerical information when the processing corresponding to the currently stored numerical information is completed is triggered. One addition, one subtraction or "0" is cleared (initialized) corresponding to the processing executed in the processing. Therefore, in the special figure special power control processing at each processing time, it is only necessary to execute the processing according to the numerical information set in the special figure special power counter.

After executing the process of step S306, a process of jumping to the process indicated by the start address acquired in step S306 is executed in step S307. Specifically, if the acquired start address is SA0, the process jumps to the special figure variation start process of step S308.

In the special figure variation start process, on the condition that the pending information is stored in a reserved state, the pending information is shifted to the execution area AE of the holding sphere storage area 422, and at the same time, the holding areas Ra1 to Ra4, Rb1. The processing of shifting the data of Rb4 to the upper side (that is, the first areas Ra1 and Rb1 side) is executed. After that, with respect to the pending information shifted to the execution area AE, a win/loss determination process for determining whether or not the jackpot winning is supported, and when the jackpot winning is supported, the pending information corresponds to any jackpot result. The distribution determination process for determining whether or not the process is being performed is executed. In the winning determination process, it is determined whether the numerical information acquired from the jackpot random number counter C1 in the hold information is the numerical information corresponding to the jackpot winning. Further, in the distribution determination process, it is determined whether the numerical information acquired from the jackpot type counter C2 in the hold information corresponds to which jackpot result category.

In addition to the win/loss determination process and the distribution determination process, when the hold information does not correspond to the jackpot win, the reach determination process for determining whether or not the hold information corresponds to the reach occurrence is executed. , The selection processing of the duration time for selecting the duration time of the game time is executed by using the numerical value information of the variation type counter CS at that time. In the reach determination processing, it is determined whether or not the numerical information acquired from the reach random number counter C3 in the hold information corresponds to the numerical information indicating that the reach has occurred.

When the duration information is selected, the variation command including the duration information and the type command including the game result information are transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143, and the pattern on the main display unit 81 is displayed. Start variable display. As a result, one game is started, and the main display unit 81 and the symbol display device 75 start the game effect.

By the way, in the case of starting the game diversion in this way, by adding 1 to the numerical information of the special map special electric counter, the numerical information of the counter is changed from that corresponding to the special figure fluctuation start process to the special figure. Update to the one corresponding to the changing process.

If the acquired start address is SA1, the process jumps to the special figure changing process in step S309. In the special figure changing process, a process of determining whether or not it is the timing before the fixed display during the duration of the game time is executed, and if it is before the fixed display, the display mode of the pattern on the main display unit 81 The process for regularly changing is executed.

By the way, instead of waiting in the special figure changing process until the fixed display timing comes, if it is not the fixed display timing, after performing the process for regularly changing the above, this special figure changing The process ends. Therefore, after the effect for game use is started, the special figure changing process is started each time the special figure special power control process is started until the fixed display timing comes. Also, when it is the time to confirm and display, by adding 1 to the numerical information of the special map special electric counter, the numerical information of the counter corresponds to the special figure changing process from the special figure changing process. Update to what you did.

If the acquired start address is SA2, the process jumps to the special figure fixing process in step S310. In the special figure finalizing process, in order to display the final stop display of the current game stop result on the symbol display device 75, a final stop command is transmitted to the notification/production control device 143 and the main display unit 81 displays the pattern. The display mode is a display mode corresponding to the lottery result of the current game. In the special figure finalizing process, it is determined whether or not the period during the finalized display has elapsed, and if the period has elapsed, it is determined whether or not the transition to the open/close execution mode occurs. When a transition to the open/close execution mode occurs, the process for the mode transition is executed.

By the way, instead of waiting in the special figure finalizing process until the fixed display period elapses, if the special period finalizing process has not elapsed, this special figure finalizing process ends. Therefore, after the fixed display is started, the special figure fixing process is started every time the special drawing special power control process is started until the period of the fixed display is elapsed. In addition, when the period during the fixed display has elapsed, if the transition to the open/close execution mode does not occur, the numerical information of the special figure special electricity counter is initialized (that is, "0" is cleared), and the transition to the open/close execution mode is performed. In such a situation, the numerical information of the special map special electric power counter is incremented by 1, and the numerical information of the counter is updated from the value corresponding to the special electric figure fixing process to the value corresponding to the special electric power start processing.

If the acquired start address is SA3, the process jumps to the special power start process in step S311. In the special power start processing, an opening command indicating that the opening/closing execution mode is started is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143. Further, in the special electric power starting process, it is determined whether or not the opening period of the opening/closing execution mode has elapsed. When the opening period has not elapsed, the special electric power start processing is ended instead of waiting in the special electric power start processing. Therefore, after the opening effect in the opening/closing execution mode is started, the special electric power start processing is activated each time the special figure special electric power control processing is activated until the opening period elapses. Further, when the opening period has elapsed, the numerical information of the special map special electric power counter is incremented by 1, so that the numerical information of the counter is updated from the value corresponding to the special electric power start processing to the value corresponding to the special electric power open processing. ..

If the acquired start address is SA4, the process jumps to the special electric power releasing processing of step S312. In the special electric current open process, one round game is started and it is determined whether or not the ending condition of the round game is satisfied. When the termination condition is not satisfied, the processing for opening the special electricity is not waited, but the processing for monitoring the satisfaction of the termination condition is executed, and then the processing for opening the special electricity is terminated. When the above termination condition is satisfied, the numerical information of the special map special electric power counter is incremented by 1 so that the numerical information of the counter corresponds to the special electric power open during processing to the special electric power close during processing. Update.

When the acquired start address is SA5, the process jumps to the special electric power closing process in step S313. In the special electricity closing process, a process of ending one round game is executed. In the interval period between round games, it is determined whether the interval period has elapsed. When the interval period has not elapsed, the special electric power closing process is terminated instead of waiting in the special electric power closing process. Therefore, when the interval period is started, the special electricity closing process is activated every time the special figure special electricity control processing is activated until the period elapses. Further, when the interval period has elapsed, the numerical information of the special map special electric power counter is decremented by 1 to update the numerical information of the counter from the value corresponding to the special electric power closing processing to the value corresponding to the special electric open processing. To do.

On the other hand, in the special electric closing process for the last round game, after executing the process of ending the round game of 1, the numerical information of the special figure special electric counter is incremented by 1, and the numerical information of the counter is changed to the special electric closing process. Update from the corresponding one to the one corresponding to the special telephone end processing.

If the acquired start address is SA6, the process jumps to the special electric power termination process in step S314. In the special electric power ending process, an ending command indicating that the opening/closing execution mode is ended is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143. Further, in the special electric power termination processing, it is determined whether or not the ending period of the opening/closing execution mode has elapsed. If the ending period has not elapsed, the special electric power ending processing is ended instead of waiting in the special electric power ending processing. Therefore, after the ending effect in the opening/closing execution mode is started, the special electric power ending process is activated every time the special figure special electric power control process is activated until the ending period elapses. In addition, when the ending period has elapsed, after executing the process for setting the game state (open/close lottery mode and support mode) after the opening/closing execution mode, the numerical information of the special map special electricity counter can be initialized. , The numerical information of the counter is updated from the one corresponding to the special electricity ending process to the one corresponding to the special figure variation starting process.

Next, a variation display mode of symbols displayed on the symbol display device 75 (display screen 75a) will be described with reference to FIG. 29 as an effect for game play. FIG. 29A is a schematic diagram showing the types of variable display modes, and FIG. 29B is a schematic diagram showing an outline of each variable display mode.

As shown in FIG. 29(a), as for the variable display mode of the symbols executed on the display screen 75a of the symbol display device 75, there are complete deviation, normal reach A, normal reach B, super reach A, super reach B, super reach. It is roughly divided into 5 categories. For each of these variable display modes, the variable display time is set to be different, and the outline of the variable display mode for each game is grasped based on the information relating to the variable display time given to the command from the main controller 162. It is possible.

Specifically, "3 sec to 8 sec" (variation is set according to the number of holdings) for the variable display time of complete deviation, "10 sec" for the variable display time of normal reach A, and the variable display time of normal reach B. "15 sec" longer than the normal reach A variable display time, "16 sec" longer than the normal reach A and B variable display times, and "16 sec" longer than the super reach B variable display time. The fluctuation display time of A is longer than that of A, and the fluctuation display time of Super Reach C is 18 seconds, which is longer than the fluctuation display time of other Super Reach A and B. It is set to increase the expectation of winning the jackpot. For example, when the information regarding the variable display time given to the command from the main controller 162 is “15 sec”, the display controller 170 recognizes that the normal reach B should be executed.

Here, the variable display mode of the normal reach A and B will be described with reference to FIG. When the normal reach A, B is selected, first the variable display (scroll display) of all the symbol columns that are stopped and displayed is started, and then the variable display of the symbols is ended in the upper symbol column Z1 (stop). Then, the variable display of the symbols is finished (stopped display) in the lower symbol row Z3. In this way, in the state in which the upper and lower symbol rows Z1 and Z3 are stopped and displayed, the reach line is formed by stopping and displaying the main symbols having the same numbers on any of the activated lines. Then, under the condition that the reach line is formed, the reach display is performed by performing the variable display of the middle symbol row Z2. After the reach display, the variable display ends by stopping and displaying the middle symbol row Z2. Then, the fact that the same symbols as those forming the reach display are stopped on the reach line is notified that the jackpot has been won, and the other symbols are stopped on the reach line to win the jackpot. The fact that they have not done so will be notified. In this way, the combination of symbols finally displayed as stopped is maintained as it is for a predetermined period. That is, the current game time continues until the stop display period elapses, and when the stop display period elapses, the transition to the next game time is permitted.

In the present embodiment, the difference in the variable display time between the normal reach A and the normal reach B is secured by setting the difference in the variable display time of the middle symbol row Z2 after the reach line is formed. The method of setting the difference of is arbitrary. For example, it is possible to secure the difference in the variable display time by setting the difference in the time from the start of the variable display to the formation of the reach line.

Next, the variable display mode of the super reach A, B, C will be described based on the variable display mode of the normal reach A, B described above. As shown in FIGS. 29(b2) to (b4), with respect to the super reach A, B, C, the reach line described above is formed through the same process as the normal reach A, B. Then, after the reach line is formed, the reach effect is performed by displaying a predetermined character as a moving image together with the variable display of the middle symbol row Z2. Specifically, after the reach line is formed in the super reach A, a character imitating a fairy is displayed in the center of the variable display area of the middle symbol row Z2 (the center of the variable display area ME), and in the super reach B. After the reach line is formed, a character imitating a boy is displayed in the center of the variable display area of the middle symbol row Z2 (center of the variable display area ME), and after the reach line is formed in super reach C, A character simulating a girl will be displayed in the center of the variable display area of the middle symbol row Z2 (the center of the variable display area ME).

<Confirmation process for reservation notice>
Next, the confirmation process for holding advance notice executed in step S302 of the special electric special diagram control process (FIG. 28) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

In the confirmation process for notice of suspension, first, in step S401, the suspension information newly acquired in the suspension information acquisition process in step S301 immediately before in the special figure special power control process (FIG. 28) is stored in the main MPU 402. Store in register. Then, in steps S402 to S406, it is confirmed whether or not the jackpot winning information is included in the holding information acquired by the present winning.

Specifically, first, in step S402, the jackpot determination information, that is, the already-obtained jackpot random number counter C1 among the newly acquired hold information, based on the current winning of the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63. Figure out the value of.

In a succeeding step S403, it is determined whether or not the low probability mode is set. Specifically, by determining whether or not the high probability mode flag is stored in the various flag storage areas of the RAM 404, it is determined whether or not the current winning/winning lottery mode is the low probability mode. In the case of the low probability mode, the process proceeds to step S404, and the information for jackpot determination (the value of the jackpot random number counter C1) grasped in step S402 by referring to the hit/miss table for the low probability mode corresponds to the jackpot winning. Determine if it is included in the group. If it is the high-probability mode, the process proceeds to step S405, and it is determined whether or not the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is included in the information set as the jackpot win, by referring to the above-described win/loss table for the high-probability mode. To do.

After step S404 or step S405, the process proceeds to step S406, and it is determined whether the information for jackpot determination (the value of the jackpot random number counter C1) grasped in step S402 corresponds to jackpot winning. When the jackpot is won, the jackpot information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402 in step S407, and the confirmation process for the notice of holding is ended.

On the other hand, if a negative decision is made in step S406, the operation proceeds to step S408. In step S408, based on the current winning of the upper working opening 62 or the lower working opening 63, information for the out-reach determination of the newly acquired hold information, that is, the value of the reach random number counter C3 that has been acquired is grasped.

In the following step S409, the reach determination table (reach determination information group) stored in the reach determination table storage area (reach determination information group storage means) of the RPM 403 is referred to, and the reach determined in step S408 is referred to. Whether or not the information for determination (the value of the reach random number counter C3) is included in the information set as the reach winning is specified.

After executing the process of step S409, the process proceeds to step S410, and it is determined whether the reach determination information (the value of the reach random number counter C3) grasped in step S408 corresponds to the occurrence of reach. When the reach occurrence is supported, the reach occurrence information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402 in step S411, and then the present confirmation processing is ended. On the other hand, if it does not correspond to the occurrence of reach, the present confirmation processing is ended as it is.

<Hold command setting process>
Next, the setting process of the hold command will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

In the setting process of the hold command, first, in step S501, it is determined whether or not the jackpot information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402, so that the last notice of hold in the special figure special power control process (FIG. 28) is performed. It is determined whether or not the jackpot determination information is identified as corresponding to the jackpot winning in the confirmation process (FIG. 30). If the big hit information is stored, the process proceeds to step S502, and a big hit correspondence hold command is set. The above-mentioned command settings and various command settings to be described later are performed by storing command information in a command setting area provided in the RAM 404.

On the other hand, when a negative determination is made in step S501, that is, when the jackpot information is not stored in the register of the main MPU 402, the process proceeds to step S503, and the reach occurrence information is stored in the register of the main MPU 402. By determining whether or not it is determined whether the information for reach determination is identified as corresponding to the occurrence of the reach in the confirmation process (Fig. 30) for the previous hold notice in the special map special electric control process (Fig. 28). Determine whether. If the reach occurrence information is stored, the detachment-retaining hold command is set in step S504, and if the reach occurrence information is not stored, the complete detachment-holding command is set in step S505.

When setting the hold command in steps S502, S504, and S505, the variable display time is determined by referring to the stored value of the jackpot type counter C2, the value of the variation type counter CS, and the like, and the variable display is performed. Store time-consuming information in the pending command. The variable display time table is referred to when determining the variable display time. The hold command set in this way is transmitted to the display control device 170, and the display control device 170 can grasp the variable display mode of the symbols and the like based on the hold command.

After executing the command setting process in any of step S502, step S504, and step S505, in step S506, a process of setting information on the number of holdings for the holding command is executed. Specifically, the information of the set hold command is configured as a plurality of bytes of information, and for some of the bits, information indicating that the command is a hold command or the hold command is used. The information of the type is included, and the information of the reserved number can be set. In this case, in step S506, first, the information about the number of holdings stored in the register of the main MPU 402 in step S401 in the confirmation process for holding reservation notice immediately before (FIG. 30) is read out, and then the already set holding The read information about the number of holdings read is stored in the command bit for the information about the number of holdings by an arithmetic operation such as a logical sum. Thus, with respect to the hold command set in any of the processes of step S502, step S504, and step S505, information for specifying the number of hold information corresponding to the hold command. Will be included. After executing the process of step S506 described in detail above, the present hold command setting process is ended.

In addition, the hold command including the information on the number of hold in step S506 is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143. The notification/effect control device 143 identifies that the hold information has increased by receiving the hold command. Further, the notification/effect control device 143 transmits the hold command to the display control device 170 while maintaining its form. The display control device 170 executes image data preparation processing and the like based on the received hold command. The preparation process will be described later in detail.

Further, the method of setting the hold command is, depending on the hold command in the display control device 170, whether or not a big hit is won, a big hit type at that time in the case of a big hit, and whether or not a reach is generated in the case of not being a big hit. It is arbitrary as long as the variable display mode of the symbol can be specified. For example, a combination of a jackpot-supported hold command, an out-reach-supported hold command, and a complete disconnection-supported hold command are individually set in correspondence with each number of holdings. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which one hold command is selected according to the confirmation result in FIG. 30).

<Payout status reception process>
Next, the payout state receiving process executed in step S218 of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 27) will be described.

Here, the payout control device 181 periodically executes a payout state detection process as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 32 (for example, a 2 msec cycle), and executes a process corresponding to reception of various commands in the process. To do. Here, first, the payout state detection process by the payout control device 181 will be described, and then the payout state reception process by the main control device 162 will be described.

In the payout state detection processing, first, in step S601, it is determined whether or not the prize ball completion state is detected. Specifically, it is confirmed that the game balls corresponding to the number of prize balls of the prize ball command received from the main control device 162 are paid out from the payout device 222 (payout is completed). In addition, the payout device 222 is provided with a payout detection sensor that individually detects the game balls sent to the downstream side, and confirms that the payout is completed based on the output result of the payout detection sensor. ..

When an affirmative determination is made in step S601, the payout motor abnormality command is stored in the transmission data storage unit and set as the output target in step S602. When a negative determination is made in step S601 or after the execution of step S602, it is determined in step S603 whether or not the lower plate full state is detected. Specifically, the full state of the lower plate 34 is detected by checking the output result of the full detection sensor 280. When the number of gaming balls stored in the lower tray 34 (and the lower horizontal passage portion 286 of the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side) is less than a predetermined number, the full detection sensor 280 is LOW corresponding to non-detection. In addition to outputting the level winning detection signal, when the number is equal to or more than the predetermined number, the HI level winning detection signal corresponding to the detected state is output. When the detection signal changes from the LOW level to the HI level and thereafter the HI level detection signal is detected over a plurality of processing times, it is determined that the lower plate is full.

When an affirmative determination is made in step S603, the lower plate full command is stored in the transmission data storage unit and set as the output target in step S604. When a negative determination is made in step S603 or after the execution of step S604, it is determined in step S605 whether an abnormal end state is detected. Specifically, from the state in which any one of the dispensing motor abnormal state and the lower plate full state described above is detected, the state is not detected, and the above states are detected over a plurality of processing times. If not, it is determined to be in an abnormal end state.

When an affirmative determination is made in step S605, the abnormal end command is stored in the transmission data storage unit in step S606 and is set as the output target. When a negative determination is made in step S605 or after the execution of step S606, the present payout state detection process ends.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10, the power from the power supply/launch control device 191 is supplied to the RAM 404 of the main control device 162, but is not supplied to the RWM of the payout control device 181. With this configuration, the capacity of the power supply/launch control device 191 can be reduced, and the cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced accordingly.

However, in the configuration, when the power supply from the external power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped, all the information stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181 is erased (destroyed). In this case, if all the information on the number of unpaid prize balls is stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181, as in the conventional pachinko machine, the pachinko machine 10 is operated in the situation where the number of unpaid prize balls is present. When the power supply is stopped, all the unpaid prize balls are erased without being paid out. Then, it causes a great disadvantage to the player.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10, the unpaid prize ball information is basically stored in the RAM 404, and when the main MPU 402 receives the HI level payout permission signal from the payout control device 181, the payout control is performed. The prize ball command is transmitted to the device 181. In the payout control device 181, the maximum number of prize balls stored in the RWM of the payout control device 181 is the maximum number of prize balls (15 prize balls) for one win, and a permission criterion described later. The timing for switching the payout permission signal between the HI level and the LOW level is set so as to be the sum of the numbers. It should be noted that the number of permission standards is the minimum number of prize balls per winning or less. As a result, even if the power supply to the pachinko machine 10 is stopped in a situation where a large number of unpaid prize balls remain, the number of prize balls erased at that time can be minimized. That is, the payout permission signal is information output from the payout control device 181 to the main MPU 402 in order to specify the output timing of the prize ball command in the main MPU 402.

In the payout state receiving process, it is determined whether or not the prize ball command can be output to the payout control device 181 based on the information received from the payout control device 181 including the payout permission signal. Set.

Now, in the payout state receiving process executed by the main controller 162, as shown in the flowchart of FIG. 33, first, in step S701, it is determined whether or not the lower plate full command is received from the payout controller 181. .. As described above, the lower plate full command is transmitted from the payout control device 181 when the full detection sensor 280 detects the full state of the lower plate 34, and corresponds to a payout abnormality command.

When the tank-no-ball command is received, processing for payout abnormality is executed in step S702. As the process for payout abnormality, the payout abnormality flag provided in the RAM 404 is set to "1" to set the payout abnormality state. Also, the lower plate full command is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143 which is the sub-side control device as a payout abnormality command. In this case, the notification/effect control device 143 causes the lamp units 26 to 28 and the speaker units 29, 30 to perform the payout abnormality notification when the payout abnormality command is received. In addition, you may make it this notification of a payment abnormality be performed by the symbol display device 75.

When a negative determination is made in step S701 or after the processing of step S702 is executed, it is determined in step S703 whether or not an abnormal end command is received from the payout control device 181. As described above, the abnormal end command is transmitted from the payout control device 181 when the predetermined abnormality regarding the payout of the game balls is canceled. If the abnormal termination command is received, the processing for abnormal termination is executed in step S704. Specifically, the payout abnormality state is canceled by clearing the payout abnormality flag of the RAM 404 to "0".

In the structure for transmitting the payout abnormality command as described above as the process for payout abnormality, the payout abnormality cancel command is transmitted to the notification/effect control device 143 as the process for abnormal termination. In this case, the notification/effect control device 143 terminates the payout abnormality notification that has already been executed.

When a negative determination is made in step S703 or after the processing of step S704 is executed, it is determined in step S705 whether or not a prize ball completion command is received from the payout control device 181. As described above, the prize ball completion command is transmitted from the payout control device 181 when the prize ball is completed, and includes information on the number of completed prize balls.

When the prize ball completion command is not received, the main payout state receiving process is ended as it is, and when the prize ball completion command is received, after executing the external output process of the number of prize balls in step S706, The present payout state reception processing ends. In the external output processing of the number of prize balls, processing for performing external output for causing the management computer of the game hall to recognize the information of the number of prize balls completed this time is executed.

Note that the prize ball completion command may not be transmitted from the payout control device 181. Further, in the configuration, the payout control device 181 is also electrically connected to the external terminal board 213, and the external output of the information about the completion of the prize ball and the completed prize ball number is paid out without passing through the main MPU 402. The configuration may be executed by the control device 181.

<Sound output control processing by production control device 143>
The notification/production control device 143 compulsorily shifts the regulation member 363 to the closed state in accordance with the driving of the regulation driving unit 366, so that the game ball to the sound passage 333 is released rather than the sound is emitted from the horn region 371. It has become possible to give priority to outflow control. Further, forcibly shifting the restricting member 363 to the closed state also actively restricts the emission of sound from the horn region 371, and the notification/production control device 143 makes the sound emission limit. It can be used for production as a limited production.

Here, the notification and effect control processing executed by the notification/effect control device 143 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 34 and 35.

34, in step S801, a hold command handling process for handling the hold command output from the main control unit 162 is performed. The hold command handling process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. The hold command handling process corresponds to the hold command in the command handling process executed by the notification/effect control device 143 when the command is transmitted from the main control device 162 to the notification/effect control device 143. Is.

In the hold command handling process, first, in step S901, it is determined whether or not a big hit handling command is received. Here, the sub MPU 432 of the notification/effect control device 143 receives a command from the main control device 162, and the received command is temporarily stored in the command storage area of the RAM 434. The command storage area is configured as a ring buffer that can individually store a plurality of commands and can be read from the previously stored commands. Even if a plurality of commands are received at the same time, each of them is stored. The processing corresponding to the command can be executed well. At the time of the determination in step S901, it is determined whether or not the jackpot handling pending command has been received in the area to be read this time in the command storage area. The configuration of reading the command is the same in the following command reading.

When the jackpot handling pending command is received, in step S902, information on the pending number included in the command received this time is identified, and the information on the identified pending number is stored in various counter areas of the RAM 434. Set to erase counter. The information on the number of reservations set in the erasing counter is updated so that it is decremented by 1 each time a new game is started, as described later.

After setting the erasing counter in step S902, the jackpot correspondence setting process is executed in steps S903 to S907.

In the jackpot correspondence setting process, first, in step S903, it is determined whether or not the hold command received this time corresponds to any of the super reach A to C. In this embodiment, a plurality of variable display modes of the symbols are set so that the jackpot expectation level is different, and a configuration is adopted in which the jackpot expectation level in the game times is notified by each variable display mode. However, in step S903, it is determined by referring to the variable display pattern storage area of the ROM 433 whether or not the hold command corresponds to the super reach A to C.

When a negative determination is made in step S903, this setting process is directly terminated. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S903, that is, if there is information corresponding to super reach A to C in the hold information, the process proceeds to step S904. In step S904, the lottery processing table of the jackpot-corresponding sound limitation effect stored in the lottery table storage area of the ROM 433 is referred to, and in the subsequent step S905, the lottery processing of whether or not to execute the sound limitation effect is executed. ..

Specifically, the value of the lottery counter of the sound limitation effect is read from the lottery counter of the RAM 434, and the lottery table (sound limitation effect lottery information group) of the sound limitation effect stored in the ROM 433 is referred to. It is determined whether the value of the read lottery counter corresponds to the winning result. The value of the lottery counter is updated (incremented by 1) every time the hold command handling process is activated, that is, at a cycle of about 2 msec.

After executing the process of step S905, the process proceeds to step S906, and it is determined whether or not the sound limiting effect is won. When a negative determination is made in step S906, this setting process is directly terminated. On the other hand, if an affirmative decision is made in step S906, then the operation proceeds to step S907, and the sound restriction effect flag is set. The sound restriction effect flag is a flag that is set in various flag storage areas of the RAM 434, and when set, indicates that the sound restriction effect is performed when the jackpot-corresponding hold command is received (jackpot reach). It is a thing.

After performing the process of step S907, the process proceeds to step S908 to deal with the jackpot to the holding information storage area of the RAM 434 (specifically, the youngest area of the first area to the eighth area in which the holding information is not stored). The hold information (specifically, the information regarding whether or not the sound restriction effect is allowed) is set, and this hold command handling process is ended.

Here, a supplementary description will be given of the configuration related to the hold information storage area. The hold information storage area has the first area to the eighth area as described above, and one hold information can be stored in each area. The hold information stored in the first area to the eighth area is sequentially shifted to the lower area side by receiving the shift command from the main control device 162, that is, when the game time is started. .. Specifically, while clearing the data in the first area, the second area→the first area, the third area→the second area, the fourth area→the third area... The eighth area→the seventh area The data in each area is shifted to. In the holding ball storage area of the main control device 162, the upper working port holding area and the lower working port holding area are provided separately, but in the holding/information production control device 143 holding information storing area. The hold information is configured to be collectively stored in time series regardless of the entry destination.

Returning to the description of step S901 again, if it is determined in step S901 that the big hit support hold command has not been received, the process proceeds to step S909. In step S909, it is determined whether or not a detachment reach pending command has been received.

When an affirmative determination is made in step S909, that is, when it is determined that the detachment reachability suspension command has been received, the detachment reachability setting process is executed in steps S910 to S914.

In the out-reach correspondence setting process, first, in step S910, it is determined whether or not the hold command received this time corresponds to any of the super-reach A to C. In this embodiment, a plurality of variable display modes of the symbols are set so that the jackpot expectation level is different, and a configuration is adopted in which the jackpot expectation level in the game times is notified by each variable display mode. However, in step S910, it is determined by referring to the variable display pattern storage area of the ROM 433 whether or not the hold command corresponds to the super reach A to C.

When a negative determination is made in step S910, this setting process is ended as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S910, that is, if there is information corresponding to super reach A to C in the hold information, the process proceeds to step S911. In step S911, the lottery process table of the sound restriction effect corresponding to the deviation stored in the lottery table storage area of the ROM 433 is referred to, and in the subsequent step S912, the lottery process of whether or not to execute the above-described sound restriction effect is executed. To do.

Specifically, the value of the lottery counter of the sound restriction effect is read from the lottery counter of the RAM 434, and the value of the read lottery counter is read with reference to the sound restriction effect lottery table stored in the ROM 433. It is determined whether or not it corresponds to the winning result. The value of the lottery counter is updated (incremented by 1) every time the hold command handling process is activated, that is, at a cycle of about 2 msec.

After executing the process of step S912, the process proceeds to step S913, and it is determined whether or not the sound limiting effect is won. When a negative determination is made in step S913, this setting process is directly terminated. On the other hand, if an affirmative decision is made in step S913, the operation proceeds to step S914, and the sound restriction effect flag is set. The sound restriction effect flag is a flag that is set in various flag storage areas of the RAM 434, and when set, it is possible to perform the sound restriction effect when the detach reach correspondence hold command is received (disconnect reach). It is shown.

After executing the processing of step S914, the process proceeds to step S908, and corresponds to the reservation information storage area of the RAM 434 (specifically, the youngest area of the first area to the eighth area in which the reservation information is not stored). The hold information (specifically, the information regarding whether or not the sound restriction effect is allowed) is set, and this hold command handling process is ended.

In the hold command handling process described in detail above, it is determined whether or not the sound limiting effect is executed with reference to the hold command, and the result is stored in the hold information storage area.

In the notification/effect control device 143, when the fluctuation start command is received from the main control device 162, the effect mode such as the variable display mode is specified again. At this time, whether or not to perform the sound restriction effect is specified by referring to the area corresponding to the variation start command in the holding information storage area. In other words, whether or not the sound restriction effect is allowed is specified when the hold command is received before the fluctuation start command is received, and when the fluctuation start command is received, only the specified result is referred to. Without doing so, the lottery for the sound restriction effect is not performed again.

Returning to the description of FIG. 34, after performing the hold command handling process of step S801, the process proceeds to step S802, and it is determined whether or not the lower plate 34 is full. Here, it is determined whether or not the lower plate full command is received from the main control unit 162, and when it is received, it is determined that the lower plate 34 is full.

If the lower plate 34 is in the full state, the process proceeds to step S803, and a closing process for shifting the sound passage 333 to the closed state is performed. In this process, by driving the regulation drive unit 366, the regulation member 363 is forcibly moved to the closed state. As a result, the horn region 371 is partitioned by the restriction member 363 into the sound passage 333 side and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 side.

In the closing process of the sound passage 333, if the regulation member 363 is already in the closed state, the regulation driving unit 366 is not driven and the closed state is maintained as it is. In this case, the closing processing of the sound passage 333 corresponds to a holding unit that holds the sound passage 333 in a closed state.

Here, when the game balls are stacked in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 due to the lower plate 34 being full, the stacked game balls are transferred from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333. There is a concern that it may not enter and that the restriction member 363 may be caught by the accumulated game balls and cannot be moved to the closed state. On the other hand, in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the full detection sensor 280 is arranged at a position separated from the lower plate passage hole 344 on the downstream side, so that the accumulated game balls are in the lower plate passage hole. The restriction member 363 can be forcibly moved to the closed state at a timing before it reaches the position 344, and as a result, it is surely restricted that the game ball enters the sound passage 333 through the lower dish passage hole 344. it can.

If the lower plate 34 is not in the full state, the process proceeds to step S804, and it is determined whether the game state is the open/close execution mode. If it is in the open/close execution mode, the process proceeds to step S803, and the sound passage 333 is closed.

Here, when the game state is in the open/close execution mode, a large number of prizes are paid to the variable winning device 64, so that a large number of game balls paid out from the payout device 222 are intermittently placed on the front door side lower plate passage portion. Run down 273. In this case, the opening/closing speed of the restriction member 363 when the game ball flows down does not catch up with the intermittent flow of a large number of game balls, and the game ball is caught by the restriction member 363, resulting in ball clogging. It cannot be said that there is a possibility that. On the other hand, when the game state shifts to the open/close execution mode, the control member 363 is forced to shift to the closed state even if the lower plate 34 is not in the full state, so that the lower front door side It is possible to eliminate the cause itself that the ball clogging occurs in the dish passage portion 273.

If the lower plate 34 is not full and the game state is not the open/close execution mode (NO in step S804), it is determined in step S805 whether or not the sound restriction effect flag is set, and step S806. At, it is determined whether any one of super reach A to C is executed as a super reach effect. When the sound restriction effect flag is set and the super reach effect is being executed, the process proceeds to step S803. Even when the super reach effect is being executed, the sound restriction effect is not performed unless the sound restriction effect flag corresponding to the super reach effect is set.

In step S803, the sound passage 333 is closed. In the super reach effect, the sound restriction effect process is performed by performing the closing process of the sound passage 333. Whether or not sound is emitted to the lower plate 34 through the horn region 371 may or may not be emitted to the lower plate 34 during the super reach effect. This can increase the expectation of winning the jackpot. In particular, in the present embodiment, unless the lower plate 34 is full, sound is emitted to the lower plate 34 in effects other than the super reach effect. Therefore, when the sound restriction effect is executed in accordance with the super reach effect, the difference from the other effects is secured by restricting the emission of the sound to the lower plate 34, and the expectation of winning the jackpot. Can be increased.

When the sound limit effect flag is set and the super reach effect is not being performed (NO in step S806), the process proceeds to step S807, and it is determined whether the sound limit effect is finished. Here, it is determined whether or not the super reach effect corresponding to the sound restriction effect flag is executed, and even if the sound restriction effect flag is set, the super reach effect corresponding to the sound effect restriction flag is not yet executed. In this case, it is assumed that the sound limiting effect has not ended.

If the sound restriction effect has ended, that is, if the super reach effect corresponding to the sound restriction effect flag has ended, the process proceeds to step S808. In step S808, the sound restriction effect flag corresponding to the completed sound restriction effect is cleared. As a result, after the sound restriction effect is finished, the inconvenience that the sound restriction effect is executed is not generated in the next super reach effect, even if the lottery for the sound restriction effect is not won.

If the lower plate 34 is not full, the game state is not the opening/closing execution mode, and the sound restriction effect flag is not set (NO in step S805), the process proceeds to step S809 to open the sound passage 333. Perform opening process. In this process, when the regulation member 363 is held in the closed state by the regulation driving unit 366, the regulation driving unit 366 is driven to shift the regulation member 363 to the fully open state, whereby the sound passage 333 is closed. Move to open state. On the other hand, when the restricting member 363 is already in the fully open state, the restricting drive unit 366 is not driven to keep the sound passage 333 in the open state. In addition, by performing the opening process of the sound passage 333, the restriction member 363 becomes an openable/closable state so as to shift from the fully open state to the non-fully opened state as the gaming ball flows down.

According to this embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are exhibited.

<About enclosure 331>
Since the back side of the lower speaker 30a is housed in the enclosure 331, it is possible to prevent the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a from canceling the output sound from the front side of the lower speaker 30a. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the volume of the sound output from the lower speaker 30a from decreasing in the bass range. Moreover, since the enclosure 331 has the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273, the enclosure 331 can be downsized as compared with the configuration in which the entire enclosure 331 is formed by the dedicated space. As a result, the enclosure 331 can be properly arranged in the narrow space inside the pachinko machine 10.

Since the lower speaker 30a has the diaphragm 30b, for example, by attaching a vibrator to the front door-side passage forming portion 276, the front door-side passage forming portion 276 is used as an external diaphragm. Differently, the vibration of the diaphragm 30b is not hindered by the game ball existing in the front door side passage forming portion 276. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the sound quality of the sound output from the lower speaker 30a from being deteriorated by the game ball. Further, since the dynamic speaker unit is used as the lower speaker 30a, the cost burden can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the speaker having the vibrator is used as the lower speaker 30a.

In the enclosure 331, the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is emitted through the horn region 371, so that the low sound range of the output sound is easily amplified. Therefore, with respect to the output sound from the back side of the lower speaker 30a, the volume of the low-pitched sound range, which tends to be insufficient, can be increased by the horn region 371. In particular, in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the cross-sectional area of the portion forming the horn region 371 is gradually increased toward the first ball inlet 34a, thereby creating an environment in which the game balls easily flow down. As a result, ball clogging is less likely to occur.

Further, in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, since the cross-sectional area is increased toward the downstream side, the storage amount of the game balls is increased toward the downstream side, and the lower plate 34 is full. Even if the accumulated game balls do not reach the payout device 222, a structure can be realized. In addition, when the accumulated game balls reach the payout device 222, the rotating body 222e does not rotate and an abnormality occurs in the payout device 222 even though a drive current is flowing to the payout motor of the payout device 222. There is concern about the situation.

Since the horn region 371 is bent, it is easy for the mid-high range sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a to be attenuated. Therefore, it is possible to emphasize the low sound range of the sound emitted from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 toward the lower plate 34. That is, the horn region 371 can be made to function as a back load horn.

In the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, it has a bent shape in order to reduce the speed of the game ball flowing down, and the bent portion (intermediate bending portion 304 and downstream bending portion 305) is used to reduce middle- and high-pitched sounds. Will also be available. Further, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the horizontal passage portions 284, 286 and the vertical passage portion 285 linearly extend, so that the straight line portion can accelerate the game ball to some extent. As a result, even if the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 has a bent shape, it is possible to prevent the flow speed of the game balls from being extremely reduced and the occurrence of ball clogging in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. ..

In the horn region 371, the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 and the air chamber 332 are connected by the sound passage 333, so that the degree of freedom regarding the relative position of the air chamber 332 with respect to the front-door lower tray passage portion 273 is increased. be able to. In addition, the sound passage 333 can eliminate the situation in which the length dimension of the horn region 371 is insufficient only with the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 when constructing the back load horn. That is, the horn region 371 can be set to an appropriate length dimension by the sound passage 333 without changing the length dimension of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 or the installation position of the lower tray passage hole 344.

At the first sphere entrance 34a of the horn area 371, the cross-sectional area of the horn area 371 is exponentially increased toward the lower plate 34, so that the sound emitted from the horn area 371 easily advances toward the front of the pachinko machine. ing. That is, it is possible to give directivity to the sound emitted from the horn region 371. In this case, the sound emitted from the horn region 371 is less likely to spread vertically and horizontally along the inner wall portion 243 of the lower plate 34, and the sound can be heard by the player at an appropriate volume. ing.

Since the regulation member 363 is provided for the lower dish passage hole 344, the regulation member 363 can regulate the outflow of the game ball from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333. As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the game balls flowing down the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 are not properly discharged to the lower plate 34. Here, when a game ball flows out from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333, the game ball becomes an obstacle, and it becomes difficult for sound to be transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. There is a concern that the sound quality will deteriorate. For this reason, restricting the outflow of the game balls from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the sound passage 333 by the regulating member 363 means that the output sound from the rear side of the lower speaker 30a is controlled by the front door side lower dish passage portion. It is also effective in properly releasing 273.

Since the front door side passage unit 45 has the front door side lower tray passage section 273, the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332, the front door side lower tray passage section 273, the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332 are connected to the front door. There is no need to perform the complicated work of individually mounting the frame 14. Further, by mounting the enclosure 331 in the pachinko machine 10 in a pre-fabricated state, a boundary portion between the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333 and a boundary portion between the sound passage 333 and the air chamber 332 in the enclosure 331. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of sound leakage from the part.

Since the front door-side passage unit 45 is provided with the speaker opening 336, the lower speaker 30a is attached to the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14, and then the rear portion of the lower speaker 30a is attached to the air chamber 332. The front door side passage unit 45 can be fixed to the base frame 231 while being inserted into the base frame 231. In this case, since the lower speaker 30a and the front door-side passage unit 45 can be individually fixed to the base frame 231, the diaphragm 30b of the lower speaker 30a vibrates and the front-door-side passage for the base frame 231 is formed. It is possible to prevent the fixed state of the unit 45 from becoming unstable.

In the front door-side passage unit 45, the air chamber 332 is arranged in the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 at a position that is not aligned front and rear, so that the thickness dimension of the front door-side passage unit 45 can be reduced. Moreover, since the air chamber 332 is arranged below the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the installation structure of the foul ball passage 118 and the ball receiving passage 289 on the upper side of the front door side passage forming portion 276 becomes complicated. Can be suppressed. Therefore, the upper space of the front door side passage forming portion 276 can be used as a space for collecting game balls, while the lower space can be used as an installation space for the air chamber 332 rather than as a dead space.

Since the air chamber 332 is arranged on the side of the vertical passage portion 285 below the upper horizontal passage portion 284, the lower tray passage hole 344 can be arranged on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, for example, as compared with the configuration in which the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged in the floor of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the game balls are less likely to flow out from the lower dish passage hole 344. Further, in the configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is arranged on the floor of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, even if the lower tray passage hole 344 is a small hole, the game ball is caught by the small hole and the game ball flows down. Will be hindered.

<Restriction of sound emission from the lower plate passage 273 on the front door side>
In the lower speaker 30a, sound is output by vibrating the diaphragm 30b. Therefore, by reducing the opening degree of the restricting member 363 with respect to the lower tray passage hole 344, the lower tray passage portion 273 from the front door side is opened. The emission of sound can be limited. For this reason, the opening degree of the regulation member 363 becomes smaller along with the flow of the game ball, and the regulation member 363 is forcibly moved to the closed state by the drive of the regulation driving unit 366, whereby the front door side lower dish passage It is possible to increase the degree of freedom with respect to the sound emission mode from the portion 273.

Since the restriction member 363 is pushed by the flowing down game ball, the opening degree of the restriction member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 becomes smaller, so by using the flowing down of the game ball, the lower tray passage hole 344 opens the front door. It is possible to restrict the intake of sound into the side lower plate passage portion 273. That is, it is possible to change the sound emission mode from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 by utilizing the flow down of the game ball. In this case, the effect produced by the sound emitted from the front door-side lower plate passage portion 273 can be enhanced, and the player can view the lower plate 34 from the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 without visually recognizing the lower plate 34. It is possible to detect that the game ball is discharged to 34.

When the game ball passes through the restricting member 363, the opening degree of the restricting member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 becomes large, so that sound emission from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is restricted as the game ball flows down. The period of time can be extremely shortened. As a result, the sound emission mode from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 changes according to the number of game balls flowing down the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, so that the effect effect by the sound is further enhanced. You can

Since the restricting member 363 is rotatably supported by the base plates 274a and 274b, for example, compared with the configuration in which the restricting member 363 is slidably provided, the flowing down game ball pushes the restricting member 363. The configuration can be easily realized. Further, the regulation member 363 can both close the lower tray passage hole 344 and partition the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 into the upstream side and the downstream side by simply rotating. .. When the restricting member 363 is in the partition state, the restricting member 363 restricts that the sound taken in from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is transmitted to the upstream side. The sound emission efficiency from the lower plate passage portion 273 can be improved.

Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is provided on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, the gaming ball goes beyond the regulation member 363 as long as the opening degree of the regulation member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 becomes small. It will flow down to the downstream side. Therefore, even if the restricting member 363 is configured to be closed with the flow of the game ball, the restricting member 363 does not completely close the lower dish passage hole 344, and thus the sound intake amount is reduced. Sound is continuously taken in through the lower dish passage hole 344. That is, even if the volume of the emitted sound is reduced, the emission of the sound from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is continued. Therefore, even if the player feels uncomfortable with the interruption of the sound accompanying the flow of the game ball, the uncomfortable feeling can be made as small as possible.

On the other hand, for example, in the configuration in which the lower dish passage hole 344 is provided for the floor of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, in order to prevent the game ball from being caught in the lower dish passage hole 344, the passage of the game ball Accordingly, the regulation member 363 needs to completely close the lower tray passage hole 344. In this case, there is a concern that the sound emission from the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is stopped and the player feels uncomfortable with it.

Since the notification/production control device 143 compulsorily shifts the state of the regulating member 363, the fully opened state and the non-fully opened state (including the closed state) of the regulating member 363 can be appropriately used. That is, it is possible to properly use the state in which the discharge from the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is not restricted and the state in which the discharge is restricted, at an arbitrary timing. Thereby, the sound restriction effect can be performed by forcibly shifting the restriction member 363 to the closed state.

If the lottery of the sound restriction effect is won, and if the super reach effect is being executed, the sound restriction effect is performed by shifting the restricting member 363 to the closed state, so that the variation of the symbol by the symbol display device 75. It is possible to make a difference in the degree of expectation for the display depending on whether the sound restriction effect is performed or not. As a result, it is possible to further increase the expectation of the super reach effect, which has a particularly high expectation among the reach effects.

<Regarding the partition state of the regulating member 363>
Since the restricting member 363 can be moved to the partition state, in addition to the sound taken from the lower plate passage hole 344 into the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 being diffused to the upstream side, an illegal jig such as wire can be used. It can be regulated by the regulation member 363 that the lower tray passage portion 273 on the front door side is also inserted deeply. Therefore, while the sound emission efficiency from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 is improved, the game ball is illegally paid out from the payout device 222 by the illegal jig inserted in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. That can be suppressed.

Since the restricting member 363 shifts to the flow-down permitted state, the game balls can pass through the restricting member 363 and flow down to the downstream side, so that the restricting member 363 can prevent the ball clogging from occurring. As a result, even if the restricting member 363 can regulate the intrusion of the illegal jig into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, the game balls are properly discharged from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 to the lower tray 34. can do.

Since the restricting member 363 performs the closing operation by being pushed by the flowing game ball, the game ball is separated from the restricting member 363 after the restricting member 363 performs the closing operation (the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372). There is no time lag before reaching the boundary). For this reason, it is possible to suppress an illegal act of intruding the illegal jig deeper than the regulating member 363 in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball. Moreover, since the restriction member 363 returns to the partition state at the timing when the pressing by the game ball is released, it is possible to extremely shorten the period in which the restriction effect against the intrusion of the unauthorized jig is lowered.

Since the restriction member 363 does not perform further opening operation from the partition state (fully open state), a suspicious person attempts to forcefully open the restriction member 363 toward the upstream side using an unauthorized jig. However, the unauthorized jig cannot break through the regulation member 363. In particular, the regulation member 363 is held in a partitioned state by the pivoting tip of the regulation member 363 being caught by the rotation stopper 365. Therefore, compared with a configuration in which the rotation base end side of the regulation member 363 is caught by the rotation stopper 365, for example. The strength of holding the regulation member 363 in the partitioned state can be increased. In other words, it is possible to make the resistance against the forced opening of the regulating member 363 toward the upstream side by the illegal jig extremely high.

When the restricting member 363 is in the partition state, the lower dish passage hole 344 is open, so that the restricting member 363 can guide the intruding illegal jig to the lower dish passage hole 344. That is, it becomes possible to guide the illegal jig from the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side to the outside. As a result, it is possible to prevent the unauthorized jig from penetrating deep inside the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side.

When the restricting member 363 is in the partition state, it forms the same plane as the inner peripheral surface of the lower dish passage hole 344. Therefore, even if the illegal jig reaches the restricting member 363, the illegal jig is restricted. It can be guided to the lower tray passage hole 344 along the plate surface of the member 363. In this case, unlike in the case where the regulation member 363 is arranged at a position separated from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the upstream side in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the suspicious person can detect the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. Cannot be grasped even in the direction extending from the lower plate passage hole 344 toward the upstream side. Moreover, since the lower surface of the restriction member 363 forms the same plane as the ceiling surface of the sound passage 333 (third passage portion 353), a suspicious person guides the illegal jig from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333. I cannot understand what was done.

Since it is possible to forcibly shift the state of the restriction member 363 by the notification/production control device 143, the case where priority is given to preventing the intrusion of an unauthorized jig by the restriction member 363, and the lower side of the front door The case where the sound emission from the dish passage portion 273 is prioritized can be appropriately used.

When the game state is in the open/close execution mode, the notification/production control device 143 forcibly shifts the restriction member 363 to the closed state, so that even if a large number of game balls are paid out from the payout device 222, the front door side It is possible to suppress the occurrence of ball clogging in the lower plate passage portion 273. Here, when the game state is in the opening and closing execution mode, profit is given along with the payout of a large number of game balls, and the front door side lower plate passage against the game balls flowing down one after another It is assumed that there is a low possibility that the illegal jig is inserted into the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side due to difficulty in inserting the illegal jig into the portion 273. Therefore, even if the regulation member 363 is not in the partition state, the deterrent force against the illegal jig being inserted into the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 does not significantly decrease.

When the lower plate 34 is full, the restricting member 363 is forcibly moved to the closed state by the notification/production control device 143, so that the game balls accumulated in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 are a restricting member. Even if it reaches 363, it is possible to avoid the restriction member 363 being sandwiched between the game balls. As a result, it is possible to prevent the restriction member 363 from being deformed or damaged due to a load applied from the accumulated game balls. Here, when the lower plate 34 is in a full state, the illegal jig is caused by the fact that the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 is closed by the game ball. It is assumed that the possibility itself of being inserted into the lower side dish passage portion 273 is low. Therefore, even if the regulation member 363 is not in the partition state, the deterrent force against the illegal jig being inserted into the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 does not significantly decrease.

<Regarding outflow regulation of game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344>
Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the output sound from the lower speaker 30a can be efficiently taken into the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 through the lower tray passage hole 344. it can.

Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged at a position apart from the flow path of the game balls, it is possible to prevent the flowing down game balls from flowing out from the lower plate passage hole 344. Further, in this case, it is possible to prevent the flowing down game ball from being caught in the lower dish passage hole 344 and blocking the lower plate passage hole 344 by the flowing down game ball.

Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is provided for the vertical passage portion 285, the lower dish passage hole 344 can be separated from the flow path of the game ball. Here, as a configuration in which the lower dish passage hole 344 is separated from the flow path of the game ball, it is conceivable that the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged in the ceiling portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 or the lower horizontal passage portion 286. In these configurations, since it is necessary to arrange the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 above the horizontal passage portions 284 and 286, it is necessary to arrange the ball receiving passage 289 above the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower horizontal passage portion 284. It becomes difficult to arrange the foul ball passage 118 above the passage portion 286. On the other hand, in the configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is arranged on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, it is not necessary to arrange the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 on the upper side of the horizontal passage portions 284, 286. After arranging the lateral passage portion 286 and the foul ball passage 118 at appropriate positions, the lower dish passage hole 344 can be arranged at a position separated from the flow path of the game balls.

Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged in a portion of the side surface portion on the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 side (the vertical portion 342b of the lower dish passage partition portion 342), the game ball that has flowed down the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284. When reaches the vertical passage portion 285, the game ball can be moved to the side away from the lower dish passage hole 344. Moreover, since the lower dish passage hole 344 extends downward from the floor portion (the horizontal portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition portion 342) of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284, the game ball has the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion. Immediately after passing the boundary with 285, it flows down the side of the lower dish passage hole 344. In this case, even if the game ball comes into contact with the outer peripheral portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and its flow direction changes, it is assumed that it has already flowed to a position lower than the lower dish passage hole 344 at that timing. It is possible to more reliably suppress the game ball from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344.

Since the restricting member 363 is provided for the lower dish passage hole 344, the restricting member 363 can prevent the game ball flowing down in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344. .. In this case, since it is not necessary to make the lower tray passage hole 344 small, the opening area of the lower tray passage hole 344 can be increased to the extent that the efficiency of capturing sound from the lower tray passage hole 344 does not excessively decrease. .. As a result, it is possible to prevent the sound volume emitted from the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 from being insufficient. Moreover, since the regulating member 363 can be shifted to the non-regulating state, it is possible to prevent the efficiency of capturing sound from the lower dish passage hole 344 from being lowered by the regulating member 363.

Since the restricting member 363 performs the closing operation by being pressed by the game ball flowing down the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, it is possible to more reliably prevent the game ball from flowing out from the lower plate passage hole 344.

On the other hand, since the regulating member 363 is biased by the biasing member so as to be held in the fully opened state, it will return to the fully opened state at the next moment even if the closing operation is performed. In this case, the period in which the sound emitted from the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 is interrupted is extremely short, so for example, with the configuration in which the restriction member 363 is held in the closed state for a predetermined period as the game ball passes. Differently, it is possible to prevent the effect produced by the sound emitted from the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 from being significantly reduced.

Since the restriction member 363 is in a partition state in which the front door-side lower plate passage portion 273 is partitioned when the restricting member 363 is fully opened, the sound transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the front door-side lower plate passage portion 273 is lower than the front door-side lower portion. It is possible to suppress the diffusion to the upstream side of the dish passage portion 273. As a result, the efficiency of sound emission from the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 can be improved.

Further, since the rotation stopper 365 is provided in the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273, even when the opening operation of the regulation member 363 is performed by the urging force of the urging member, the regulation member 363 is rotated by the rotation stopper. It can be held in a partitioned state by 365.

When the lower plate 34 is full, the notification/production control device 143 forcibly shifts the restricting member 363 to the closed state, so that the game balls accumulated in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 are the lower plate. Even if the game balls reach the passage hole 344, it is possible to prevent the gaming balls from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344.

Since the full detection sensor 280 is arranged downstream of the lower tray passage hole 344 in the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, it is before the notification/production control device 143 shifts the restriction member 363 to the closed state. It is possible to prevent the game balls accumulated at the timing of reaching the lower plate passage hole 344. As a result, the deformation and damage of the restriction member 363 can be suppressed more reliably. Further, it is possible to reliably prevent the accumulated game balls from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344.

<Second Embodiment>
In the second embodiment, in the front door side passage unit 45, the positions of the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 with respect to the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 are different from those in the first embodiment, and the front door side passage unit is different. The configuration of 45 will be described focusing on the differences from the first embodiment with reference to FIG. 36. 36: is a figure which shows the internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45, (a) shows the figure when the regulation member 363 is in a fully open state, (b) shows the case where the regulation member 363 is in a closed state. The figure is shown.

As shown in FIG. 36A, in the front door side passage unit 45, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are arranged above the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. The air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are arranged on the upper side of the lower horizontal passage portion 286, and are arranged side by side along the lower horizontal passage portion 286. In the first embodiment, the sound passage 333 is arranged between the air chamber 332 and the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273, but in the present embodiment, both the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are the front door. It is adjacent to the side lower plate passage portion 273.

The front door side passage unit 45 divides the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 into an air chamber partition portion 451 and a lower plate that divides the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 into the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333. It has a passage partition 452. The sound passage 333 has a first passage portion 351, a second passage portion 352, and a third passage portion 353, as in the first embodiment, but these passage portions 351 to 353 are vertically arranged. In the extended state, they are arranged side by side along the width direction of the front door side passage unit 45. In this case, only the first passage portion 351 of the passage portions 351 to 353 extends along the air chamber 332, and the air chamber partition portion 451 partitions the air chamber 332 and the first passage portion 351.

The first passage portion 351 and the second passage portion 352 are arranged above the lower horizontal passage portion 286, while the third passage portion 353 is arranged above the vertical passage portion 285. The second passage portion 352 is arranged between the first passage portion 351 and the vertical passage portion 285, and thus is adjacent to the vertical passage portion 285. The third passage portion 353 is arranged at a position separated from the outer opening portion 279 toward the air chamber 332, and is arranged in series with the vertical passage portion 285 in the vertical direction. In this embodiment, although not shown, the foul ball passage 118 and the ball receiving passage 289 are arranged above the air chamber 332, the sound passage 333, and the upper horizontal passage portion 284.

The lower tray passage partition portion 452 has a horizontal passage portion 452a forming an outer peripheral portion of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 and a vertical passage portion 452b forming an outer peripheral portion of the vertical passage portion 285. The lateral passage portion 452a forms a ceiling portion of the upper lateral passage portion 284, and partitions the upper lateral passage portion 284 from the air chamber 332, the first passage portion 351, and the second passage portion 352. The vertical passage portion 452b forms a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 and divides the vertical passage portion 285 into the second passage portion 352 and the third passage portion 353.

The lower dish passage hole 344 is provided in a portion of the vertical passage portion 452b that partitions the vertical passage portion 285 and the third passage portion 353. The lower tray passage hole 344 is arranged above the vertical passage portion 285, and opens the vertical passage portion 285 upward. In this case, the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged at a position separated upward from the flow path of the game ball, and the game ball flowing downward is said to flow out from the lower plate passage hole 344. Is less likely to occur. The lower tray passage hole 344 is arranged on the ceiling portion of the vertical passage portion 285.

Also in this embodiment, the restriction member 363 opens the lower tray passage hole 344 when it is in the open state, and closes the lower tray passage hole 344 when it is in the closed state. In the restricting member 363, the rotating shafts thereof are arranged side by side on the ceiling of the upper lateral passage 284. An upper recess 455 that is recessed upward is formed in the ceiling of the upper lateral passage 284, and the rotation shaft of the restriction member 363 is disposed in the upper recess 455.

As shown in FIG. 36B, the restricting member 363 is arranged above the vertical passage portion 285 in a state of extending in the width direction of the vertical passage portion 285 when in the closed state. In this case, the regulation member 363 extends along the boundary between the third passage portion 353 and the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 (vertical passage portion 285), and the lower surface of the regulation member 363 has an upper horizontal passage portion 284. Form the same plane as the ceiling surface. In this way, since the regulation member 363 does not project to the front door side lower dish passage portion 273 side in the closed state, the game ball does not catch on the regulation member 363 in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. It is designed to properly flow down.

The front-door-side passage unit 45 has a reverse stopper 456 that restrains the regulating member 363 from rotating from the closed state to the third passage portion 353 side. The reverse stopper 456 is a convex portion that protrudes inward from the inner peripheral surface of the third passage portion 353, and the rotation tip of the regulating member 363 is caught on the reverse stopper 456 from the downstream side (vertical passage portion 285 side). As a result, it is held in the closed state. The reverse stopper 456 is arranged on the opposite side of the upper recess 455 with the lower tray passage hole 344 interposed therebetween. Therefore, for example, even if the game balls accumulated at the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 reach the lower plate passage hole 344 as the lower plate is full, the regulation member 363 is pushed open by the game ball. Can be suppressed.

The regulating member 363 is opened by rotating its tip end downward (in a direction away from the third passage 353). As shown in FIG. 36( a ), when the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, the restricting member 363 extends downward from the pivot shaft portion so that the front door-side lower plate passage portion 273 is connected to the upper horizontal passage portion 284. Side and the vertical passage portion 285 side are partitioned. Here, a lower recess 457, which is recessed downward, is provided in the floor of the upper lateral passage portion 284, and when the regulating member 363 is in the fully open state, the turning front end portion of the regulating member 363 is It is adapted to be housed in the lower recess 457. In this case, the restricting member 363 is held in the fully open state by the pivoting front end of the restricting member 363 being caught in the lower recess 457 from the vertical passage 285 side.

The regulating member 363 is in a state of being hung by the rotating shaft portion, and is held in a fully opened state by its own weight. Therefore, unlike the first embodiment, even if the biasing member is not attached to the regulation member 363, the regulation member 363 can be maintained in the fully opened state.

When the restricting member 363 is in the fully open state, the restricting member 363 is in a state of being stretched over the side surface portion of the third passage portion 353 and the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, in the restricting member 363, the plate surface on the vertical passage portion 285 side forms the same plane as the inner peripheral surface of the third passage portion 353 and the inner peripheral surface of the vertical passage portion 285. Therefore, even if an unauthorized jig is inserted into the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side, the tip of the unauthorized jig is less likely to be caught by the restriction member 363, and a suspicious person who has inserted the unauthorized jig is Even the existence of the restriction member 363 cannot be detected.

In the configuration in which the third passage portion 353 extends upward from the vertical passage portion 285 as in the present embodiment, unlike the first embodiment, in addition to the sound passage 333 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286, The entire vertical passage portion 285 is included in the horn region 371. The restricting member 363 in the fully opened state partitions the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 formed by the upper lateral passage portion 284 into the left and the right.

Here, since the non-horn region 372 extends laterally from the intermediate position of the vertically extending portion (the portion formed by the third passage portion 353 and the vertical passage portion 285) in the horn region 371, the non-horn region 372 is temporarily not formed. Even if a suspicious person who inserts the corrective jig into the lower plate passage 273 on the front door side detects the existence of the restricting member 363, it is extremely difficult to let the incorrect jig enter the non-horn region 372 (the upper horizontal passage 284). Has become difficult. Further, since the rotating tip of the regulating member 363 is caught in the lower recess 457, the regulating member 363 is prevented from rotating toward the non-horn region 372 side (upper side lateral passage portion 284 side). However, even if the restricting member 363 is forcibly pushed open by an unauthorized jig, it cannot be pushed open.

Next, the operation of the regulation member 363 will be briefly described.

As shown in FIG. 36A, in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, when the game ball does not pass the boundary portion between the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372, the restriction member 363 is fully opened by its own weight. Is held in a state. Therefore, the sound output from the rear side of the lower speaker 30a to the air chamber 332 is emitted from the horn region 371 to the lower plate 34 without being diffused in the non-horn region 372.

As shown in FIG. 36( b ), when the game ball flowing down the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 reaches the restricting member 363 in the fully open building, this game ball vertically moves the restricting member 363. It passes through the boundary between the horn region 371 and the non-horn region 372 so as to be pushed open toward the passage portion 285. In this case, the restricting member 363 is present between the game ball and the lower dish passage hole 344, so that the game ball pressing the regulating member 363 is restricted from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344.

When the lower plate fullness is detected by the fullness detection sensor 280, the notification/production control device 143 controls the drive of the restriction drive unit 366, so that the restriction member 363 shifts to the closed state. As a result, it is possible to restrict the game balls accumulated in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 from flowing out from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333.

Here, even if the game ball enters the third passage portion 353 through the lower dish passage hole 344, that game ball is caused by the third passage portion 353 extending upward from the lower dish passage hole 344. Will return to the vertical passage portion 285 by falling under its own weight. Further, since the regulation member 363 is not provided with the biasing force of the biasing member, the return of the game ball to the vertical passage portion 285 is not hindered by the biasing force of the biasing member.

According to this embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are exhibited.

Since the air chamber 332 is arranged above the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273, the upper space of the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 can be effectively used as an installation space for the air chamber 332 and the lower speaker 30a. You can Further, the space above the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 can also be used as the installation space for the sound passage 333.

Since the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged in the ceiling portion of the vertical passage portion 285, it is unlikely that the game ball flowing down the upper horizontal passage portion 284 rises toward the lower dish passage hole 344 itself. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333 side.

Since the regulation member 363 is in a fully opened state by hanging from the ceiling of the upper lateral passage portion 284, the regulation member 363 is configured to be held in a fully opened state, and the regulation member 363 is fully opened after the closing operation. Both of the configurations for returning to the state can be realized without using the biasing member. Therefore, it is possible to simplify the configuration in which both the sound and the game ball are properly emitted from the front door side lower dish passage portion 273.

<Third Embodiment>
In the first embodiment, the enclosure 331 has the sound passage 333, but in the third embodiment, the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower dish passage are provided. The portion 273 is connected without the sound passage 333. The configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 of this embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38. FIG. 37 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 38 is a view showing an internal structure of the front door side passage unit 45. Note that, in FIG. 38, (a) shows a diagram when the partition member 461 is in the partition state, and (b) shows a diagram when the partition member 461 is in the flow-down permitted state.

As shown in FIGS. 37 and 38(a), the front door side passage unit 45 does not have the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 is arranged below the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. .. In this case, the lower tray passage partitioning portion 342 separates the air chamber 332 from the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 communicate with each other through the lower tray passage hole 344. Has been done. The lower dish passage hole 344 is a circular small hole having a size and shape that a game ball cannot pass through, and many lower dish passage partition portions 342 are provided. The small holes may have an elliptical shape, a rectangular shape, or a polygonal shape.

In the lower plate passage partitioning portion 342, the horizontal portion 342a vertically partitions the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the air chamber 332, and the vertical portion 342b horizontally partitions the vertical passage portion 285 and the air chamber 332. A plurality of lower plate passage holes 344 are arranged in each of the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b, and in both of the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b, the flow direction of the game ball and the front door side passage unit 45 are provided. A plurality are arranged along each of the thickness directions.

The horn region 371 is formed in the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 by a region downstream of the lower dish passage hole 344.

As described above, the lower dish passage hole 344 itself has a function of blocking the outflow of the game balls. In the present embodiment, the regulation member 363 is not provided for the lower tray passage hole 344 as in the first embodiment, but the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 is partitioned into an upstream side and a downstream side. A partition member 461 is provided for the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side. The partition member 461 is formed of a plate material like the regulation member 363, and can block the transmission of sound in the air.

The partition member 461 is provided in a state of being suspended from the ceiling portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284, and a state in which the partition member 461 extends downward due to its own weight corresponds to a partition state in which the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is partitioned left and right. To do. The partition member 461 is arranged on the upstream side of each of the lower tray passage holes 344 in the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273, and when in the partition state, from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the front door-side lower tray passage portion. The sound taken in by 273 is restricted from spreading to the upstream side. The partition member 461 corresponds to a partition body.

The partition member 461 is rotatable with its upper end portion as a rotation shaft portion, and can be shifted to an unpartitioned state by rotating toward the upstream side or the downstream side. The rotation shaft portion of the partition member 461 is arranged at an intermediate position of the upper stage horizontal passage portion 284 in the flow down direction of the game ball, and the partition member 461 rotates toward either the upstream side or the downstream side. It is possible to overlap the ceiling surface of the upper lateral passage portion 284. Here, in the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273, the upstream end of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 is opened upward toward the outer opening portion 279, and the partition member 461 turns toward the upstream side. It is arranged at a position where it does not protrude into the open portion of the upper lateral passage portion 284 when moved.

As shown in FIG. 38B, when the game ball flows down, the game ball passes through the partition member 461 while pushing and rotating the partition member 461 toward the downstream side. Here, when the partition member 461 is rotated to such an extent that the game ball can pass, it means that the partition member 461 has shifted to the flow-down permission state in which the flow of the game ball is permitted in the non-partitioned state.

Further, when the lower plate 34 is full, even if the game balls accumulated in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 push the partition member 461 toward the upstream side and open it, the partition The member 461 does not exist between the upstream end of the upper lateral passage portion 284 and the outer opening 279. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the partition member 461 from being deformed or damaged by being pushed toward the upstream side by the accumulated game balls.

According to this embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are exhibited.

Since the lower tray passage hole 344 is a small hole, a configuration is realized in which the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken from the lower tray passage hole 344 into the lower door passage on the front door side, and then the game is performed from the lower tray passage hole 344. It is possible to prevent the ball from flowing out. Moreover, since a large number of lower tray passage holes 344 as small holes are provided, it is possible to suppress the volume of the output sound of the lower speaker 30a from being lowered when the output sound is taken in from the lower tray passage holes 344.

Further, since the output sound of the lower speaker 30a passes through a large number of lower dish passage holes 344, the bass range thereof is easily amplified, while the mid-treble range thereof is easily attenuated. As a result, even if the length dimension of the horn region 371 cannot be sufficiently secured because the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333, the front plate side lower plate passage portion 273 is connected to the lower plate 34. It becomes possible to emphasize the low frequency range of the emitted sound.

In the lower tray passage partitioning portion 342, since a plurality of lower tray passage holes 344 are arranged in each of the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b, even if the lower tray passage hole 344 is configured as a small hole, The total opening area of the lower dish passage holes 344 can be increased to such an extent that the sound intake amount can be properly secured. Moreover, since the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b have different sound pickup directions by the lower dish passage hole 344, it is easy to amplify the bass range of these sounds, while the mid-to-high range is easily attenuated. Has become.

In the upper horizontal passage portion 284, the lower tray passage hole 344 is formed in the floor portion thereof, while the partition member 461 is suspended from the ceiling portion thereof, so that the partition member 461 is rotated. Regardless of the above, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is not closed by the partition member 461. For this reason, when the game ball pushes the partition member 461 open and flows down, the partition member 461 may shift to the non-partitioned state, so that sound may diffuse to the upstream side in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273. Also, it is possible to avoid that the sound pickup from the lower tray passage hole 344 to the front door lower tray passage portion 273 is stopped or limited.

Since the enclosure 331 does not have the sound passage 333, it is possible to reduce the size of the front door side passage unit 45 and the size of the air chamber 332 as compared with the first embodiment. When the size of the air chamber 332 is increased, the size of the lower speaker 30a can be increased, that is, a speaker unit having a low output sound volume in the low sound range can be used as the lower speaker 30a.

<Fourth Embodiment>
In the first embodiment, the regulation member 363 is provided so as to be able to open the lower tray passage hole 344, but in the fourth embodiment, the regulation member is provided in a state where the lower tray passage hole 344 cannot be opened. .. The configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 of this embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 39. FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45.

As shown in FIG. 39, similarly to the third embodiment, the front door side passage unit 45 does not have the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower plate passage portion 273 form the lower plate passage. The holes 344 communicate with each other. The lower dish passage hole 344 is provided in a state of being bridged over the horizontal portion 342a and the vertical portion 342b. The lower dish passage hole 344 opens the air chamber 332 laterally in the horizontal portion 342a, while opening the air chamber 332 upward in the vertical portion 342b. In this case, the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is captured from the lower dish passage hole 344 into both the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the vertical passage portion 285.

For the lower dish passage hole 344, a regulation member 465 that regulates the outflow of the game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344 is provided. The restricting member 465 has a pair of plate portions extending in a direction intersecting with each other, and one plate portion is arranged in series with the horizontal portion 342a and the other plate portion is arranged with the vertical portion in series. Has been done. The restriction member 465 is fixed to the base plates 274a and 274b, the horizontal portion 342a, and the vertical portion 342b in a state where the lower tray passage hole 344 is closed. In this case, the restricting member 465 is in a state of having entered the lower dish passage hole 344 so as not to obstruct the flow of the game ball.

The restricting member 465 has a frame portion 466 extending along the inner peripheral surface of the lower tray passage hole 344, and a mesh portion 467 provided inside the frame portion 466. The frame portion 466 has two rectangular frame bodies, one frame body extending along the horizontal portion 342a, and the other frame body extending along the vertical portion 342b. The net portion 467 is a dividing portion that divides the lower dish passage hole 344 into a plurality of portions, permits transmission of sound through the lower dish passage hole 344, and regulates outflow of game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344. Both things are possible.

The net portion 467 has a plurality of thin linear members such as wires and threads, and is formed by extending these linear members in the intersecting direction. In the net portion 467, since the linear member is thin, it is difficult for the linear member to inhibit the transmission of sound. For example, compared to the configuration in which the regulation member 465 is not provided in the lower dish passage hole 344. However, the sound transmission efficiency in the lower dish passage hole 344 does not significantly decrease.

According to this embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are exhibited.

Since the regulating member 465 does not open and close with respect to the lower tray passage hole 344, the regulating member 465 does not partition the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 into the upstream side and the downstream side. That is, it is possible to avoid the restriction member 465 from blocking the flow of the game ball. On the other hand, since the net portion 467 of the regulation member 465 is in a state in which the lower dish passage hole 344 is divided into a plurality of portions, the regulation member 465 can regulate the game ball from flowing out from the lower dish passage hole 344. Moreover, since the linear member of the mesh portion 467 is thin, the sound transmission efficiency in the lower dish passage hole 344 is less likely to be reduced by the mesh portion 467. Therefore, the sound volume of the sound emitted from the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 can be appropriately maintained without opening the restriction member 465.

Since the restricting member 465 has the frame portion 466, by fixing the frame portion 466 to the front door side passage forming portion 276 (base plates 274a and 274b and the connecting plate 274c), the mesh portion 467 is attached to the front door side. It can be fixed to the passage forming portion 276. In this case, the fixing strength of the net portion 467 with respect to the front door side passage forming portion 276 is increased as compared with the structure in which the net portion 467 is directly fixed to the front door side passage forming portion 276, so that a game ball flowing down or stacked Even if a load is applied to the net portion 467 from the game ball, it is possible to prevent the net portion 467 from being deformed or damaged.

<Fifth Embodiment>
In the first embodiment, the sound passage 333 of the front door side passage unit 45 is arranged between the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13. However, in the fifth embodiment, the sound passage 333 is the inner passage 13. Is provided so as to pass through in the front-back direction. In the present embodiment, the configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 will be described focusing on the differences from the first embodiment. First, the configuration of the back pack unit 15 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 40 is an exploded perspective view of the back pack unit 15.

As shown in FIG. 40, in the back pack unit 15, the first back pack unit 471 is formed by the back pack 201 and the payout mechanism section 202, and the second back pack unit 472 is formed by the discharge passage board 203 and the control device assembly unit 204. Are formed. The first back pack unit 471 has a lower end member 474 extending in the width direction thereof, and the second back pack unit 472 is attached to the lower end member 474 from the back side. The lower end member 474 is a long member made of a metal material, and the second back pack unit 472 is in a state of extending downward from the lower end member 474.

The first back pack unit 471 is provided with an opening 475 extending upward from the lower end member 474. In the first back pack unit 471, a notch portion opened downward is formed in the base portion 211 of the back pack 201, and the lower end member 474 is arranged at a position to close the notch portion from below. Thus, the opening 475 is formed.

In the second back pack unit 472, the discharge passage board 203 discharges the ball receiving portion 477 that receives the game balls discharged from the various winning openings and the outlets 68 and the game balls received by the ball receiving portion 477 downward. And a discharge passage 478 for discharging. The discharge passage 478 has a shape in which the game balls meander in the width direction of the discharge passage board 203 while flowing down, and the discharge port 478a which is the lower end portion of the discharge passage 478 is at the center in the width direction of the discharge passage board 203. It is located nearby.

The control device assembly unit 204 has a mounting base 479 to which the payout control device 181 and the power supply/launching control device 191 are mounted. The mounting base 479 is disposed on the front side of these control devices 181 and 191. There is. The mount 479 covers the discharge passage 478 from the back side by being arranged on the back side of the discharge passage board 203.

Next, the configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 will be described with reference to FIGS. 41 to 44. 41 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the front door side passage unit 45, FIG. 42 is a sectional view showing the configuration of the front door side passage unit 45, FIG. 43 is a schematic vertical sectional view of the gaming machine main portion 12, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the machine 10. FIG. Note that, in FIG. 41, (a) shows a schematic view in which the gaming machine main portion 12 is developed, and (b) shows a perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45. In FIG. 42, (a) shows a schematic transverse sectional view of the front door side passage unit 45, and (b) shows a schematic vertical sectional view of the front door side passage unit 45. 41 and 42, illustration of the front door side upper plate passage portion 272 and the foul ball passage 118 is omitted.

As shown in FIG. 41A, the inner frame 13 has a rectangular frame-shaped peripheral frame body 481 extending along the periphery of the inner frame base 50. The peripheral frame body 481 includes a pair of vertical frame portions 481a, an upper frame portion 481b that connects the upper end portions of the vertical frame portions 481a, and a lower frame portion 481c that connects the lower end portions of the vertical frame portions 481a. And projects forward from the inner frame base 50. In the inner frame 13, since the peripheral frame body 481 is integrally provided with the inner frame base 50, the strength of the inner frame 13 is improved and the front door side passage forming portion 276 is housed. A storage space for the operation is secured between the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13.

As shown in FIGS. 41( a) and 41 (b ), the front door-side passage unit 45 has a stacking portion 482 stacked on the back surface of the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14 and extends rearward from the stacking portion 482. And a rear extending portion 483, and the overlapping portion 482 extends along the back surface of the base frame 231. The front door side passage forming portion 276 is included in the overlapping portion 482 but not included in the rear extending portion 483, and the sound guide path forming portion 334 includes both the overlapping portion 482 and the rear extending portion 483. Included in. The rearward extending portion 483 is formed in a flat, substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape as a whole, and has the same height dimension and width dimension on the base end side (the overlapping portion 482 side) and the free end side.

The inner frame 13 is provided with a through portion 486 through which the sound guide path forming portion 334 (rear extending portion 483) of the front door side passage unit 45 is passed. The through portion 486 is a substantially rectangular through hole that penetrates the inner frame base 50 back and forth inside the peripheral frame body 481, and extends along the lower frame portion 481c. In this case, the through portion 486 has such a size and shape that the rear extending portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 can be inserted through the opening and closing of the front door frame 14. Here, the lower end of the back pack unit 15 is arranged at a position higher than the lower end of the inner frame 13, and an uncovered portion 487 that is not covered by the back pack unit 15 is formed in the lower part of the inner frame 13. Has been done. Since the through portion 486 is provided in the non-covered portion 487, the through portion 486 is arranged at a position lower than the back pack unit 15.

As shown in FIGS. 42A and 42B, in the front door side passage unit 45, the air chamber 332 is arranged in the overlapping portion 482, while the sound passage 333 is arranged in the rear extending portion 483. ing. In the overlapping portion 482, the air chambers 332 are arranged side by side in the lower horizontal passage portion 286 below the upper horizontal passage portion 284 of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273. The sound passage 333 is arranged behind the air chamber 332 and the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273. In this way, unlike the first embodiment, the sound passage 333 can be arranged behind the air chamber 332 and the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273, and therefore, the air chamber 332 and the front door-side lower tray passage portion. The shape and size of 273 are less likely to be limited by the sound passage 333.

The first passage portion 351 to the third passage portion 353 of the sound passage 333 are not arranged along the back surface of the base frame 231 as in the first embodiment, but are arranged in the thickness direction of the front door frame 14. Has been. All of these passage portions 351 to 353 extend in the width direction of the front door frame 14, and are arranged such that the first passage portion 351, the second passage portion 352, and the third passage portion 353 are arranged away from the air chamber 332 in this order. ing.

In the front door side passage unit 45, the air chamber 332 and the first passage portion 351 are divided into front and rear by an air chamber partition portion 341, and an air chamber hole that connects these air chamber 332 and the first passage portion 351. The air chamber 332 opens rearward toward the first passage 351. Further, the air chamber 332 is also partitioned by the air chamber partitioning section 341 with respect to the front door side lower tray passage section 273.

The sound passage 333 of the present embodiment has, in addition to the first passage portion 351 to the third passage portion 353, a fourth passage portion 489 connecting the third passage portion 353 and the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. ing. The fourth passage portion 489 is arranged side by side in the width direction of the front door frame 14 in the first passage portion 351 to the third passage portion 353, and in a state of being bridged over these passage portions 351 to 353, the lower stage horizontal passage. It extends rearward from the portion 286. The fourth passage portion 489 communicates with the lower horizontal passage portion 286 through the lower tray passage hole 344, and the lower tray passage hole 344 opens the lower horizontal passage portion 286 rearward.

The cross-sectional area of the fourth passage portion 489 is set such that the cross-sectional area of the sound passage 333 gradually increases from the upstream end (air chamber hole 343) toward the downstream end (lower plate passage hole 344). ing. Further, in the lower horizontal passage portion 286, the cross-sectional area on the downstream side of the lower dish passage hole 344 is set to be larger than the cross-sectional area of the fourth passage portion 489, so that the cross-sectional area of the horn region 371 is also increased. , Gradually increases from the upstream end (air chamber hole 343) toward the downstream end (first ball inlet 34a).

A restricting member 363 is provided for the lower tray passage hole 344 as in the first embodiment, so that sound is transmitted from the sound passage 333 to the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the front door side lower tray passage portion is provided. The restricting member 363 restricts the game ball from entering the sound passage 333 from 273.

As shown in FIG. 43, in the gaming machine main portion 12, the rearward extending portion 483 (sound guide passage forming portion 334) of the front door side passage unit 45 is inserted into the through portion 486 of the inner frame 13, The end portion of the extending portion 483 projects rearward from the inner frame base 50. The projecting portion 483a is arranged below the back pack unit 15, and the upper surface of the flat projecting portion 483a extends along the lower surface of the back pack unit 15 while facing the lower surface thereof. Further, the projecting portion 483a does not project rearward from the back pack unit 15, and even if the front door-side passage unit 45 is configured to project rearward from the inner frame 13, the back pack unit relative to the inner frame 13 is formed. It is less likely that the front door side passage unit 45 will become an obstacle when opening and closing 15. The back pack unit 15 corresponds to the back body.

As shown in FIG. 44, the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the island facility 491 of the game hall, and in the island facility 491, supply of the game balls to the pachinko machine 10 and recovery of the game balls discharged from the pachinko machine 10. Is to be done. The island facility 491 has a ball collection path 492 for collecting the game balls discharged from the pachinko machine 10. The ball collection path 492 is an inclined path that allows the game balls to flow down toward the downstream side, and is arranged at a position lower than the discharge port 478a of the discharge passage board 203 on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The game balls that have flowed down to the downstream side of the ball collection path 492 are collected by the ball supply mechanism and supplied again to the pachinko machine 10.

The pachinko machine 10 has a discharge guide unit 495 that guides the game balls discharged from the discharge passage board 203 to the ball collection path 492. The discharge guide unit 495 accommodates the discharge guide gutter 496 that guides the game ball to the ball collection path 492, the connection body 497 that connects the discharge guide gutter 496 to the discharge port 478a of the discharge passage board 203, and the connection body 497. And a case body 498 which is present. The connection body 497 rotatably supports the discharge guide gutter 496, and the discharge guide gutter 496 is moved between a stored state stored in the case body 498 and an exposed state extended downward from the case body 498. It is possible. The rotation axis of the discharge guide gutter 496 extends in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10, and the discharge guide gutter 496 moves from the stored state to the exposed state by rotating in the direction in which its free end moves downward. become. The connection body 497 can hold the angle of the discharge guide gutter 496, and the free end of the discharge guide gutter 496 is held at an angle at which the free end of the discharge guide gutter 496 abuts or approaches the ball collection path 492.

The case body 498 is arranged below the back pack unit 15 in the space behind the inner frame 13. In this case, the case body 498 is arranged at the lateral position on the protruding portion 483a of the front door side passage unit 45. In the discharge guide unit 495, the connection body 497 is disposed at the rear position of the discharge port 478a of the discharge passage board 203, and the discharge guide trough 496 extends from the connection body 497 toward the side opposite to the protruding portion 483a. .. In this way, the front door-side passage unit 45 is arranged at a position where the protruding portion 483a does not interfere with the discharge guide unit 495 even if the front door-side passage unit 45 protrudes to the rear side of the inner frame 13 through the through portion 486.

According to this embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are exhibited.

Since the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door-side passage unit 45 projects to the rear side of the inner frame 13 through the through portion 486, the inner space of the through portion 486 and the rear-side space of the inner frame 13 can be set to the front door-side passage unit 45. Can be used as an installation space. In this case, the length dimension of the sound passage 333 in the front door side passage unit 45 can be increased without increasing the installation space of the front door side passage unit 45 between the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13. It will be possible. That is, by sufficiently securing the length dimension of the horn region 371, it is possible to properly amplify the low tone range of the sound that passes through the horn region 371 and is emitted to the lower plate 34.

Since the through portion 486 is disposed in the uncovered portion 487 of the inner frame 13, it is possible to avoid the rear extension portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 from being an obstacle when the back pack unit 15 is opened and closed with respect to the inner frame 13. it can. Further, it is possible to avoid that the extension size or shape of the rearward extending portion 483 of the back pack unit 15 is limited by the back pack unit 15. Furthermore, since the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 does not project rearward from the back pack unit 15, the rearward extending portion 483 becomes an obstacle when opening and closing the gaming machine main portion 12 with respect to the outer frame 11. Can be suppressed. Further, when the pachinko machine 10 is transported from the factory to the game hall, it is possible to prevent the rear extension 483 from becoming an obstacle.

Since the uncovered portion 487 is formed by the inner frame 13 extending below the backpack unit 15, the space below the backpack unit 15 is formed by forming the through portion 486 in the uncovered portion 487. Can be used as an installation space for the front door side passage unit 45. Moreover, since the through portion 486 is displaced in the width direction with respect to the discharge port 478a of the discharge passage board 203 of the back pack unit 15, the front door side passage unit 45 is arranged at a position that does not overlap the discharge port 478a in the front and rear direction. It will be easier. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the discharge guide unit 495 connected to the discharge port 478a and the projecting portion 483a of the front door side passage unit 45 from interfering with each other.

Since the discharge guide trough 496 of the discharge guide unit 495 extends toward the side opposite to the projecting portion 483a of the front door side passage unit 45 in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10, the discharge guide gutter 496 may be used when the pachinko machine 10 is transported. Even when the gutter 496 is housed in the case body 498, it is possible to avoid the discharge guide gutter 496 from interfering with the protruding portion 483a of the front door side passage unit 45.

Since the through portion 486 of the inner frame 13 is disposed behind the lower speaker 30a of the front door frame 14, the shape of the front door side passage unit 45 is required to insert the front door side passage unit 45 into the through portion 486. Does not have to be complicated. In this case, in the front door side passage unit 45, the shape and size of the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 are limited, so that the size, shape, and type of the lower speaker 30a are limited. It can be suppressed that. Therefore, when the sound is amplified by the horn region 371, it is possible to avoid a situation in which a speaker having low output performance itself must be used as the lower speaker 30a.

<Sixth Embodiment>
In the fifth embodiment, the projecting portion 483a of the front door side passage unit 45 is arranged below the back pack unit 15, but in the sixth embodiment, this projecting portion 483a is arranged in front of and behind the back pack unit 15. It is placed in the overlapping position.

In the present embodiment, the configuration of the front door side passage unit 45 will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 to 47, focusing on the differences from the fifth embodiment. 45 is a perspective view showing the configuration of the front door side passage unit 45, FIG. 46 is a sectional view showing the configuration of the front door side passage unit 45, and FIG. 47 is a perspective view of the discharge passage board 203 seen from the rear side. FIG. 48 is a schematic vertical sectional view of the gaming machine main portion 12. Note that, in FIG. 45, (a) shows a schematic view in which the gaming machine main portion 12 is developed, and (b) shows a perspective view of the front door side passage unit 45. In FIG. 46, (a) shows a schematic vertical sectional view of the front door side passage unit 45, and (b) shows a schematic transverse sectional view of the front door side passage unit 45.

As shown in FIGS. 45(a) and 45(b), the front door side passage unit 45 (enclosure 331) has a stacking portion 482 and a rear extending portion 483 as in the fifth embodiment. On the other hand, unlike the fifth embodiment, the front door-side passage forming portion 276 is included in both the overlapping portion 482 and the rear extending portion 483, and the sound guide path forming portion 334 is included in the overlapping portion 482. However, it is not included in the rear extension 483.

In the present embodiment, the rear extending portion 483 is arranged at a position higher than that in the fifth embodiment, and accordingly, the through portion 486 is arranged at a position overlapping the back pack unit 15 in the front-rear direction. In this case, the through portion 486 is arranged above the uncovered portion 487 in the inner frame 13.

As shown in FIGS. 46(a) and (b), unlike the fifth embodiment, the front door side passage unit 45 does not have the sound passage 333, and the air chamber 332 and the front door side lower tray passage are not provided. The part 273 is directly connected. The air chamber 332 and the front-door-side lower tray passage 273 are partitioned by an air chamber partition 341, and are communicated with each other by an air chamber hole 343 formed in the air chamber partition 341. In this case, in the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273, a region downstream of the air chamber hole 343 is a horn region 371.

The front door side lower plate passage portion 273 has a shape that is folded back and forth as a whole. The front-door-side lower tray passage portion 273 has a vertical passage portion 501 that extends downward from the outer opening 279, and a horizontal passage that connects the vertical passage portion 501 and the first ball inlet 34a of the lower tray 34. It has parts 502-505. The vertical passage portions 501 are arranged side by side along the inner frame base 50 of the inner frame 13 and communicate with the air chamber 332 through the air chamber holes 343. In this case, the air chamber hole 343 opens the air chamber 332 laterally toward the vertical passage portion 501.

Of the lateral passage portions 502-505, the first lateral passage portion 502, the second lateral passage portion 503, and the third lateral passage portion 504 all extend in the width direction of the front door frame 14, and are the first lateral passage portions. 502, the second horizontal passage portion 503, and the third horizontal passage portion 504 are arranged in this order so as to move away from the vertical passage portion 501. The first lateral passage portion 502 extends along the back surface side of the air chamber 332. The fourth lateral passage portion 505 connects the third lateral passage portion 504 and the first ball inlet 34 a of the lower tray 34 in a state of extending in the thickness direction of the front door frame 14. The fourth lateral passage portion 505 is arranged side by side in the first lateral passage portion 502 to the third lateral passage portion 504 in the width direction of the front door frame 14, and in a state of being bridged over these passage portions 502 to 504. It extends rearward from the first ball inlet 34a toward the third lateral passage portion 504.

In the horn region 371 of the front-door-side lower plate passage portion 273, the cross-sectional area of the horn region 371 changes from the upstream end portion (air chamber hole 343) to the downstream end portion (first portion) as in the fifth embodiment. It gradually increases toward the ball entrance 34a). Here, in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, the bottom surface is inclined downward toward the first ball inlet 34a so that the game balls flow down toward the first ball inlet 34a, and the inclination is also used. And is formed into a horn shape. Also in this case, the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 is formed in a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the height dimension and the width dimension are the same on the base end side and the free end side.

Although the regulation member 363 is provided for the air chamber hole 343 as in the fifth embodiment, the regulation member 363 is not shown in FIG. 46(a).

As shown in FIG. 47, the discharge passage board 203 is formed in a plate shape as a whole, and has a reinforcing portion 511 for increasing the strength of the discharge passage board 203 itself. The reinforcing portion 511 has a plurality of ribs 512 extending in the width direction and the vertical direction of the discharge passage board 203, and all of these ribs 512 are directed forward (from the front door frame 14 side) from the discharge passage 478. It is extended. The plurality of ribs 512 extending in the width direction are arranged at predetermined intervals in the vertical direction, the plurality of ribs 512 extending in the vertical direction are arranged at predetermined intervals in the width direction, and ribs 512 intersecting with each other are connected to each other. Has been done. In this case, the reinforcing portion 511 prevents the discharge passage board 203 from being distorted or the middle portion thereof being bent downward. In the discharge passage board 203, the ball receiving portion 477 is formed by the rib 512 arranged at the uppermost stage.

As shown in FIGS. 47 and 48, the discharge passage board 203 is provided with a storage recess 513 that is recessed toward the side (rear) away from the inner frame 13, and the storage recess 513 has a front door side. The protruding portion 483a of the passage unit 45 is stored. The storage recess 513 is formed by lateral ribs 512a that are vertically adjacent to each other and vertical ribs 512b that are laterally adjacent to each other, and has a size and a shape that allows the protruding portion 483a of the front door side passage unit 45 to enter. doing. The distance between the upper and lower horizontal ribs 512a is equal to or slightly larger than the height dimension of the protruding portion 483a, and the distance between the left and right vertical ribs 512b is greater than the width dimension of the protruding portion 483a. .. In this case, the projecting portion 483a can be housed in the housing recess 513 as the front door frame 14 is opened and closed, while the projecting portion 483a fits into the upper and lower horizontal ribs 512a in the housed state. It is in a combined state.

The control device grouping unit 204 is equipped with the power supply/launching control device 191, etc. as described above, and the weight is easily bulky, and there is concern that the control device grouping unit 204 may bend. On the other hand, in the second back pack unit 472, the deflection of the control device assembly unit 204 is suppressed by the discharge passage board 203. Further, although it is expected that the discharge passage board 203 will be bent due to the load from the control device gathering unit 204, the discharge passage board 203 has a plurality of ribs 512. In addition to the board 203 itself being hard to bend, the protruding portion 483a of the front door side passage unit 45 is fitted into the storage recess 513 of the discharge passage board 203, so that the discharge passage board 203 is prevented from bending. Has been done.

In the back pack unit 15, the control device gathering unit 204 can be independently opened and closed with respect to the back pack 201. As a result, it is easy to confirm the damage or the like of the ball receiving portion 477 and the illegality of the ball receiving portion 477 or the like.

According to this embodiment described in detail above, the following excellent effects are exhibited.

Since the through portion 486 of the inner frame 13 is disposed above the non-covered portion 487, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 is not exposed below the back pack unit 15. In this case, the entire space below the back pack unit 15 can be effectively used as a space for installing equipment and members for discharging game balls from the discharge passage board 203 to the island equipment.

In the front-door-side passage unit 45, the rear extending portion 483 passed through the through portion 486 of the inner frame 13 is housed in the housing recess 513 of the back pack unit 15, so the through portion 486 is installed in the back pack unit 15. Even if the back pack unit 15 is arranged at a position overlapping front and back, the back pack unit 15 can be kept properly closed with respect to the inner frame 13. Therefore, the internal space of the through portion 486 of the inner frame 13 and the space between the inner frame 13 and the back pack unit 15 can be used as the installation space for the front door side passage unit 45.

In the storage recess 513, since the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 is fitted between the upper and lower lateral ribs 512a, the rear extending portion 483 should hold the posture of the back pack unit 15. Is possible. Therefore, even if the strength of the back pack unit 15 is reduced by the amount that the storage recess 513 is formed, the strength reduction can be compensated by fitting the front door side passage unit 45 into the storage recess 513. ..

In the back pack unit 15, since the storage recess 513 is provided in the reinforcement portion 511 of the discharge passage board 203, even if the strength of the installation position of the storage recess 513 is reduced, the entire reinforcement portion 511 can be covered by the plurality of ribs 512. As a result, the strength can be properly maintained. Therefore, even when the back pack unit 15 is opened with respect to the inner frame 13, that is, even when the rear extension 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 is not housed in the housing recess 513, the back pack unit 15 is not stored. It is possible to realize a configuration in which the shape is properly maintained.

Since the reinforcing portion 511 extends along the lower end of the back pack unit 15, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the installation position of the storage recess 513 in the width direction of the back pack unit 15. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the position of the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 from being limited by the position of the reinforcing portion 511.

Since the reinforcing portion 511 is formed by the plurality of ribs 512 in the discharge passage board 203, the storage recess 513 can be easily formed by changing the positions of some of the ribs 512a and 512b. Moreover, by changing the installation positions of the horizontal ribs 512a and the vertical ribs 512b so that the strength of the reinforcing portion 511 is not significantly reduced, the strength reduction of the reinforcing portion 511 can be minimized.

<Other Embodiments>
It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the contents described in each of the above-described embodiments, and may be implemented as follows, for example. By the way, each of the following configurations may be applied individually to each of the above-described embodiments, or a part or all of the configurations may be combined and applied to each of the above-described embodiments.

(A1) In the first embodiment, the horn region 371 has a bent shape in the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273 by combining the vertical passage portion 285 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286. However, as long as the horn region 371 is bent, it may have an oblique passage portion extending in an oblique direction, and a plurality of lateral passage portions stacked vertically may be combined.

Further, the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 and the sound passage 333 do not need to have a linearly extending passage portion as long as they have a bent shape. For example, even if the shape is meandering like a wave, a bent shape is realized.

(A2) In the first embodiment, the sound passage 333 has a plurality of sound bending portions 357, but the sound passage 333 does not have to have the sound bending portion 357. That is, the sound passage 333 may have a straight shape. Even in this case, if the sound passage 333 has a horn shape, the bass range of the sound transmitted through the sound passage 333 is easily amplified.

(A3) In the first embodiment, the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 has the middle bent portion 304 and the downstream bent portion 305. However, the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 has these bent portions 304, The 305 may not be included. That is, the front-door-side lower dish passage portion 273 may have a straight shape. Even in this case, if the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 has a horn shape, the low sound range of the sound transmitted through the front-door lower tray passage portion 273 is easily amplified.

(A4) In the first embodiment, the cross-sectional area of the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273 gradually increases from the upstream end portion to the downstream-side end portion thereof. The cross-sectional area of the portion 273 may be arbitrarily set on the upstream side of the lower dish passage hole 344. Even in this case, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the cross-sectional area of the horn region 371 is gradually increased toward the lower plate 34.

(A5) In the first embodiment, the regulation member 363 is provided for the lower dish passage hole 344 as the sound intake hole, but the regulation member 363 may not be provided. In this case, the outflow of the game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344 is not regulated by the regulation member 363, so there is a dedicated passage for discharging the game balls to the lower dish 34 or the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. It is preferably connected to the sound passage 333 or the air chamber 332. Thereby, even if the game ball flows out from the lower plate passage hole 344 to the sound passage 333, the game ball can be discharged to the lower plate 34.

(A6) In the first embodiment, the front door side passage unit 45 is formed by combining the base plates 274a and 274b and the connecting plate 274c. However, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage that are manufactured in advance are formed. The front door side passage unit 45 may be formed by attaching 333 to the front door side passage forming portion 276 or the like. Even in this case, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 can be attached to the base frame 231 of the front door frame 14 together with the front door side passage forming portion 276 and the like. This can reduce the work load when attaching the air chamber 332, the sound passage 333, and the front door-side passage forming portion 276 to the base frame 231.

(A7) In the first embodiment, in the front door frame 14, the lower speaker 30a and the front door passage unit 45 are individually fixed to the base frame 231, while the lower speaker 30a and Although it is not fixed to the front door side passage unit 45, the lower speaker 30a and the front door side passage unit 45 may be fixed to each other. In this case, it is possible to previously attach the lower speaker 30a to the front door side passage unit 45 and attach the front door side passage unit 45 and the lower speaker 30a together to the base frame 231. Accordingly, the work load when the front door side passage unit 45 and the lower speaker 30a are attached to the base frame 231 can be reduced.

(A8) In the first embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are arranged below the upper horizontal passage portion 284 as the lower side of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273. The sound passage 332 and the sound passage 333 may be disposed below the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the vertical passage portion 285. In this case, it is preferable that the lower tray passage hole 344 is arranged on the floor of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the vertical passage portion 285.

In addition, in the second embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are arranged above the lower-side lateral passage portion 286 as the upper side of the front door-side lower dish passage portion 273, but the air chamber 332 is The sound passage 333 may be arranged above the upper horizontal passage 284 and the vertical passage 285, and the sound passage 333 may be arranged laterally of the front-door-side upper dish passage 272. In this case, it is preferable that the lower tray passage hole 344 is arranged in the ceiling portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the lower horizontal passage portion 286.

Further, in the third embodiment, the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided as a small hole in each of the floor portion of the upper horizontal passage portion 284 and the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, but the air chamber 332 and the sound are not provided. If the passage 333 is arranged above the front door side lower tray passage portion 273, the lower tray passage holes 344 are provided in the ceiling portion of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285, respectively. Good. As a result, the lower tray passage hole 344 of the lower horizontal passage portion 286 and the lower tray passage hole 344 of the vertical passage portion 285 intersect in the direction in which sound is taken in, so that the bass range is easily amplified and the mid-high range is attenuated. It is possible to create an environment that is easy to do.

(A9) In the first embodiment, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 are arranged below the lower tray passage such as the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 and the upper tray passage such as the front door side upper tray passage portion 272. However, the air chamber 332 and the sound passage 333 may be arranged at positions overlapping the lower tray passage and the upper tray passage in the front-rear direction of the pachinko machine 10.

(B1) In the first embodiment, the rotation shaft portion is arranged at the upper end portion of the regulation member 363, but in the regulation member 363, the rotation shaft portion is arranged at the lower end portion or the intermediate portion. May be. For example, when the restricting member 363 having the rotating shaft portion arranged at the lower end is in the fully open state, the restricting member 363 extends downward from the lower end of the lower dish passage hole 344. Even in this configuration, the lowering tray is forcibly moved to the closed state by the regulating driving unit 366 at a timing before the flowing down game ball reaches near the lower tray passage hole 344. The outflow of the game ball from the passage hole 344 can be regulated by the regulation member 363.

(B2) In the first embodiment, the configuration is such that the outflow of the game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344 is regulated or permitted according to the state of the regulation member 363, but regardless of the state of the regulation member 363, The outflow of the game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344 may be regulated by the regulation member 363. For example, the rotation shaft portion is arranged in the middle portion of the regulation member 363, and the rotation shaft portion is arranged at a position that vertically divides the lower dish passage hole 344. In this configuration, since the outflow of the game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344 is regulated by the rotation shaft portion of the regulation member 363, the lower dish passage hole 344 is irrelevant regardless of the sound capturing state from the lower dish passage hole 344. You can regulate the outflow of game balls from.

(B3) In the first embodiment, the regulation member 363 is caught by the rotation stopper 365, so that the state in which the opening degree is larger than the fully opened state is not set. However, as in the third embodiment, The restriction member 363 may be configured to be able to shift to a state in which the opening degree is larger than the fully opened state. For example, the rotation stopper 365 is not provided.

(B4) In the first embodiment, the lower plate passage hole 344 is opened and closed by rotating the regulating member 363, but the regulating member 363 slides to open and close the lower dish passage hole 344. May be. For example, the restriction member 363 is provided in a state of being stacked on the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 (the vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342). In this configuration, the regulation member 363 slides in the direction in which the overlap with the vertical portion 342b decreases to close the lower tray passage hole 344, and slides in the direction in which the overlap with the vertical portion 342b increases. The lower dish passage hole 344 can be opened. Even in this configuration, if the restricting member 363 has an extending portion that extends toward the inside of the vertical passage portion 285, the restricting member 363 is opened by the extending portion being pushed by the game ball flowing down. It is possible to shift from to closed state.

Further, the restriction member 363 may elastically deform to open and close the lower dish passage hole 344. For example, the regulation member 363 is made of an elastically deformable material such as rubber and is provided in a fully opened state. In this configuration, when the restriction member 363 is pushed by the flowing down game ball, it is elastically deformed in a direction to reduce the opening degree with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344, the game ball passes and the pressing is released. Then, by returning to the original shape, the state is changed to the fully open state. In this configuration, since the restriction member 363 can be moved to a state in which the opening degree is larger than the fully opened state (partitioned state), even when the game balls are piled up in the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, It is possible to prevent the restriction member 363 from being damaged by the game ball or the occurrence of ball clogging.

(B5) In the first embodiment, the regulation member 363 is rotatably provided in the front door side lower plate passage portion 273, but the regulation member 363 is rotatably provided in the sound passage 333. Good. For example, the lower tray passage hole 344 is opened regardless of whether the regulation member 363 in the closed state rotates toward the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 side or the sound passage 333 side.

(B6) In the first embodiment, when the sound limiting effect is performed, the restricting member 363 is moved to the closed state. However, the volume of the sound emitted from the front door side lower dish passage 273 is If there is a limit, the opening degree of the regulating member 363 with respect to the lower dish passage hole 344 may be simply reduced. In this case, the opening degree of the restriction member 363 may be smaller than that in the case where the sound restriction effect is not performed.

(B7) In the first embodiment, the sound limiting effect can be executed when the variation display mode on the symbol display device 75 is any one of the super reach A to C. It may be possible to execute the sound restriction effect when the result is “OK” or when the result is “completely off”. In either case, the player's expectation for the stop result of the variable display can be increased.

(B8) In the above-described first embodiment, the sound restriction effect is started at the timing when the super reach effect is started. However, the sound restriction effect is changed after a predetermined time has elapsed from the start of the super reach effect. The configuration may be started. As a result, it is possible to increase the expectation of the player and increase the variation of the sound restriction effect.

(B9) In the first embodiment, when the game is being played, that is, when the variable display of the symbols is being displayed on the symbol display device 75, the sound limiting effect can be executed. The sound restriction effect may be executable when the variable display of the symbols is not performed. For example, the sound restriction effect may be executable when the win/win lottery mode is in the high-probability mode. In either case, the state in which the player is more likely to be given the privilege and the state in which the player is not likely to be provided with the privilege are differentiated by the sound-restricting effect, so that the sound-reducing effect can increase the degree of expectation for the privilege.

(B10) In the first embodiment, the control member 363 is forcibly moved to the closed state when the lower plate is full, when the open/close execution mode is set, or when the sound limiting effect is performed. In addition, when the fraud is detected by the fraud detection process (step S202), or when the standby display is performed on the symbol display device 75 by the demo display process (step S217), the regulation member 363 is activated. It may be forcibly shifted to the closed state.

(B11) In the first embodiment, the sound output from the back side of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the front door side lower dish passage portion 273, but the front side of the lower speaker 30a is not the back side. The sound output from the side may be taken into the lower door passage portion 273 on the front door side. For example, in the front door side passage unit 45, the speaker opening 336 is provided in the rear base plate 274b, so that the air chamber 332 is opened toward the rear of the pachinko machine. In this configuration, the air chamber 332 is not opened toward the front of the pachinko machine, and the front surface portion of the lower speaker 30a is in a state of entering the air chamber 332 through the speaker opening 336. In this case, the output sound from the front surface side of the lower speaker 30a is emitted toward the lower tray 34 through the front door side lower tray passage portion 273.

(C1) In the first embodiment, the rotation shaft portion of the regulating member 363 as the partition body is provided to the upper end portion of the lower dish passage hole 344. However, the regulating member 363 has the lower dish passage hole. It may be arranged at a position spaced apart from the upstream side of 344. For example, when the restriction member 363 is in a partition state, the upper lateral passage portion 284 is arranged at an intermediate position of the upper lateral passage portion 284 so as to partition the upper lateral passage portion 284 into an upstream side and a downstream side.

(C2) In the first embodiment, the rotation tip end portion of the regulation member 363 in the partition state is caught by the rotation stopper 365. However, the rotation base end portion of the regulation member 363 in the partition state is described. Alternatively, the side end portion and the intermediate portion may be hooked on the rotation stopper 365. Further, the rotation stopper 365 may be provided not on the outer peripheral portion of the front door side lower tray passage portion 273 but on the regulation member 363 or the rotation shaft portion of the regulation member 363. Further, the regulation member 363 may be held in a partitioned state by being hooked on the inner peripheral surface of the front door side passage forming portion 276.

(C3) In the first embodiment, the regulation member 363 is held in the partitioned state by being caught by the rotation stopper 365, but the regulation drive unit 366 regulates the rotation of the regulation member 363. The restriction member 363 may be held in a partitioned state by having the.

(C4) In the first embodiment, the restriction member 363 is forcibly moved to the closed state when the game state is the open/close execution mode, but the restriction member 363 is closed when the high frequency support mode is set. You may forcibly shift to the state. Further, even in the opening/closing execution mode, the regulation member 363 is shifted to the closed state if the probability variation big hit is won, and the regulation member 363 is not shifted to the closed state if the normal big jackpot is won. Good.

(D1) In the first embodiment, in the vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partitioning portion 342, the lower tray passage hole 344 extends downward from the horizontal portion 342a. It may be arranged at a position spaced downward from the portion 342a. Even in this case, the lower dish passage hole 344 can be arranged at a position apart from the flow path of the game ball.

(D2) In the first embodiment, in the vertical passage portion 285, the lower dish passage hole 344 is arranged in the vertical portion 342b on the upper horizontal passage portion 284 side of the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285. The dish passage hole 344 may be arranged in a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion 285 opposite to the upper horizontal passage portion 284 or in a side surface portion arranged before and after the vertical passage portion 285. Even in this case, it is possible to arrange the lower dish passage hole 344 at a position separated from the flow path of the game ball.

(D3) In the above-described first embodiment, the lower dish passage hole 344 has a size and shape that allow the game balls to pass, but the lower dish passage hole 344 does not allow the game ball to pass. May have. Examples of the lower dish passage hole 344 include a long hole extending along the flow direction of the game ball and a long hole extending in the thickness direction of the front door side lower dish passage portion 273.

(D4) In the first embodiment, the restriction member 363 has a function of blocking the transmission of sound in the air, but the restriction member 363 is a game from the lower plate passage hole 344 when in the closed state. As long as it regulates the outflow of the ball, it does not have to have a function of blocking the transmission of sound in the air. For example, the regulation member 363 of the first embodiment may have a mesh portion 467 as a dividing means like the regulation member 465 of the fourth embodiment.

(D5) In the fourth embodiment, the regulation member 465 has the net portion 467 as a dividing means that divides the lower dish passage hole 344 into a plurality of portions. However, the regulation member 465 may be a rod member or a lattice member. You may have a dividing means. For example, the restriction member 465 has a bar member that divides the lower dish passage hole 344 into upper and lower parts, and this bar member is fixed to the frame portion 466. In this configuration, by dividing the lower dish passage hole 344 into a size and a shape in which the game balls cannot pass, the outflow of the game balls from the lower dish passage hole 344 is restricted, while the lower dish passage hole 344 is controlled. Sound is captured.

It should be noted that if the mesh of the mesh portion 467 is extremely rough or the bar member partitioning the lower dish passage hole 344 is extremely thin, it is assumed that the effect of these dividing means on sound transmission is extremely small. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the restricting member 363 is provided in a state in which the lower dish passage hole 344 cannot be opened, and the dividing means is provided for the lower dish passage hole 344 existing at the intermediate position of the horn region 371. Even in the horn region 371, it is possible to maintain the easiness of amplifying the low sound range and the easiness of attenuating the middle and high sound range.

(D6) In the first embodiment, the fullness detection sensor 280 is provided for the lower lateral passage portion 286. However, if the fullness detection sensor 280 is located downstream of the lower plate passage hole 344, It may be provided for the plate 34, the first ball inlet 34 a, and the vertical passage portion 285. Further, in the configuration in which the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided for the upper tray passage portion 284, if the fullness detection sensor 280 is at a position downstream of the lower tray passage hole 344, the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided for the upper tray passage portion 284. It may be provided.

(E1) In the fifth embodiment, the sound passage 333 is provided in a bent state in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10. However, the sound passage 333 may be provided in a bent state in the front-rear direction. .. For example, the first passage portion 351 to the third passage portion 353 are arranged side by side in a state of extending in parallel with the fourth passage portion 489.

Further, as a configuration in which the sound passage 333 is bent back and forth, a configuration in which the first passage portion 351 to the third passage portion 353 extend in the vertical direction can be mentioned. In this case, the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 is not a flat shape extending in the lateral direction but a vertically elongated shape extending in the vertical direction. Further, as the configuration in which the rearward extending portion 483 has a vertically long shape, there is a configuration in which the first passage portion 351 to the third passage portion 353 are vertically arranged in a state of extending in the front-rear direction.

In the configuration in which the rearward extending portion 483 has a vertically long shape, it is preferable to arrange the rearward extending portion 483 at a position closer to the side end of the inner frame 13. For example, in the configuration in which the back pack unit 15 is provided with the storage recess 513 as in the sixth embodiment, the storage recess 513 is opened downward, and the rearward extension of the front door side passage unit 45 is achieved. The portion 483 is configured to extend downward in a state where only the upper portion is stored in the storage recess 513.

(E2) In the fifth embodiment, the through portion 486 of the inner frame 13 is a through hole that penetrates the inner frame base 50. However, the through portion 486 is, for example, the inner frame base 50 or the peripheral frame body 481. It may be a notched portion that is recessed upward or laterally.

(E3) In the fifth embodiment, the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door-side passage unit 45 projects rearward of the inner frame 13, but the front door-side passage unit 45 does not necessarily have to protrude from the inner frame 13. It does not have to project rearward. In short, it suffices that the front door-side passage unit 45 be in the state of being inserted into the through portion 486 from the front. Further, the front door side passage unit 45 may project rearward of the back pack unit 15.

(E4) In the fifth embodiment, the uncovered portion 487 of the inner frame 13 is arranged at a position lower than the back pack unit 15, but the uncovered portion 487 is located at a position higher than the back pack unit 15. It may be arranged at a position displaced laterally. In this case, the rearward extending portion 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 is arranged at the upper position or the lateral position of the back pack unit 15.

(E5) In the fifth embodiment, in the width direction of the pachinko machine 10, the through portion 486 of the inner frame 13 is arranged at a position closer to the side end, and the discharge port 478a of the discharge passage board 203 is arranged substantially at the center. However, the through portion 486 may be arranged substantially in the center and the discharge port 478a may be arranged at a position closer to the side end. In short, the through portion 486 and the discharge port 478a may be arranged at positions that do not overlap each other in the vertical direction or the front-back direction. Accordingly, it becomes easy to install the protruding portion 483a of the front door side passage unit 45 and the discharge guide unit 495 without interfering with each other.

(F1) In the sixth embodiment, the reinforcement portion 511 of the discharge passage board 203 is formed by the plurality of ribs 512, but the reinforcement portion 511 has higher strength than the mounting base 479 of the control device assembly unit 204 and the like. As long as it is configured, it may be formed by a plate portion having a predetermined thickness dimension. In this case, the storage recess 513 is a recess recessed rearward in the plate portion.

(F2) In the sixth embodiment, in the reinforcing portion 511 of the discharge passage board 203, the storage recess 513 is opened only toward the front. However, the storage recess 513 is not only forward but also downward, upward, and side. It may be open to anyone. Further, the storage recess 513 may penetrate the discharge passage board 203.

(F3) In the sixth embodiment, the storage recess 513 is provided in the discharge passage board 203 in the back pack unit 15, but the storage recess 513 may be provided in the base portion 211 or the mounting base 479. Good. In short, the storage recess 513 may be arranged in any part of the back pack unit 15 as long as the rear extension 483 of the front door side passage unit 45 can be stored. As for the configuration in which the storage recess 513 is provided on the mounting base 479 of the control device assembly unit 204, the front surface of the mounting base 479 is provided by disposing the discharge passage board 203 above or below the control device assembly unit 204. A configuration in which the storage recess 513 is arranged in the attachment base 479 at the rear position of the through portion 486 is provided so as to face the back surface of the inner frame 13.

(G1) In each of the above embodiments, in the lower tray passage, the lower tray passage hole 344 is provided for the front door-side lower tray passage portion 273. However, the lower tray passage hole 344 is formed in the inner frame side lower tray passage. It may be provided for the portion 263 or the lower plate passage portion 259 on the back pack side.

(G2) In each of the above-mentioned embodiments, two ball receiving trays, that is, the upper tray 33 and the lower tray 34 are provided, but one ball receiving tray may be provided. For example, an intake hole is provided for the ball passage connected to the ball tray, and the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the ball passage from the intake hole. Even with this configuration, the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is emitted forward from the spherical passage.

(G3) In each of the above-described embodiments, the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is emitted from the lower plate passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273). However, the upper plate passage, the foul ball passage 118, and the ball removal It may be configured to be discharged from the passage 242 and the discharge passage of the discharge passage board 203. For example, in the upper plate passage, a sound intake hole is provided in the outer peripheral portion of the front door side upper plate passage part 272, and the output sound of the lower speaker 30a is taken into the front door side upper plate passage part 272 through the sound intake hole. The captured sound is emitted from the front plate side upper plate passage portion 272 toward the upper plate 33.

(G4) Another type of pachinko machine different from the above embodiment, such as a pachinko machine in which the electric accessory opens a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device, or a game ball in a specific area of the special device. The present invention can also be applied to a game machine such as a pachinko machine that generates a right when it enters and a big hit, a pachinko machine provided with another accessory, an arrangement ball machine, and a sparrow ball.

Further, the gaming machine main body supported by the outer frame to be openable and closable includes a storage portion and a loading device, and the start lever is operated after a predetermined number of game balls stored in the storage portion are loaded by the loading device. The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are combined so that the reels start to rotate.

<Regarding invention groups extracted from the above-described embodiment>
The features of the invention group extracted from the above-described embodiments will be described below, showing effects and the like as necessary. Note that, in the following, for ease of understanding, the corresponding configuration in the above-described embodiment is appropriately shown in parentheses, etc., but the present invention is not limited to the specific configuration shown in parentheses, etc.

<Feature A group>
The invention of the following characteristic group A is effective for the following problems.

A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as the speaker is emitted to the front of the game machine.

Features A1. A ball tray (lower tray 34) that is provided in an exposed state in front of the gaming machine and stores game balls,
A ball passage (back pack side lower plate passage portion 259, inner frame side lower plate passage portion 263, front door side lower plate passage portion 273, first ball inlet 34a) for discharging game balls to the ball receiving tray,
A speaker (a lower speaker 30a) that has a diaphragm (a diaphragm 30b) and outputs a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
An enclosure (enclosure 331) that emits sound output from the back side of the speaker to the front of the game machine,
Equipped with
The enclosure has an air chamber (air chamber 332) that houses the back side of the speaker,
A sound taking-in hole (lower plate passage hole 344) for taking a sound output from the back side of the speaker to the air chamber into the ball passage is provided in an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage,
The ball passage is included in the enclosure by being communicated with the air chamber through the sound intake hole, and directs the sound captured in the ball passage from the sound intake hole toward the ball tray. A gaming machine characterized by being released.

According to the characteristic A1, since the speaker has the specific diaphragm, it is not necessary for the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage to function as an external diaphragm when the speaker outputs sound. Therefore, even if the sound is emitted to the front of the gaming machine through the ball passage, the vibration of the diaphragm of the speaker is not hindered by the game ball existing in the ball passage. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the sound quality of the sound emitted toward the front of the gaming machine through the ball passage from being deteriorated due to the presence of the gaming ball.

Here, in a speaker having a diaphragm, the output sound from the back side is reversed in phase with the output sound from the front side, so that these output sounds cancel each other out, especially in the low range. Is worried that will be smaller. On the other hand, according to this feature, since the ball passage is included in the enclosure, the output sound from the back side of the speaker is emitted to the front of the game machine via the ball passage, and thus from the front side. Will be out of phase with the output sound. For this reason, it becomes difficult for sounds output before and after the speaker to cancel each other out, and it is possible to suppress a decrease in the output capability of the speaker such as a decrease in the volume of the bass range.

Further, in the configuration in which the back side of the speaker is housed in the air chamber, there is a concern that the enclosure including the air chamber becomes large. On the other hand, according to this feature, since the enclosure is configured to include the spherical passage, the enclosure can be downsized as compared with the configuration in which the entire enclosure is formed by the dedicated space. As a result, the enclosure can be properly arranged in the narrow space inside the gaming machine.

As described above, it is possible to provide a suitable configuration for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

Since the output sound from the speaker is emitted from the ball passage, when the ball receiving tray is full of game balls, the ball is blocked by the game ball and the sound is less likely to be emitted from the ball passage. turn into. Here, since the sound is one element for the player to enjoy the game, if the sound is hard to hear due to the ball receiving tray being full, the player hears the sound and plays the game. It is considered that the full state of the ball saucer is eliminated in order to enjoy. Therefore, emitting the sound from the ball passage also realizes a configuration that prompts the player to perform the work of discharging the game ball from the ball tray.

Feature A2. In the ball passage, a portion (horn region 371) on the downstream side of a portion communicating with the air chamber has a horn shape that is thickened as it approaches the ball tray from the air chamber as a whole. The gaming machine described in Feature A1.

According to the characteristic A2, since the ball passage has a horn shape, the low sound range of the sound passing through the ball passage is easily amplified. Therefore, with regard to the sound output from the back side of the speaker, the volume of the low sound range, which tends to be insufficient at the time of being output from the speaker, can be increased by passing through the spherical passage.

Features A3. The portion on the downstream side in the ball passage has a ball corner portion (intermediate curved portion 304, downstream curved portion 305) that changes the flow-down direction of the game balls, and the gaming machine according to the feature A2. ..

According to the characteristic A3, in the ball passage, the velocity of the game ball flowing down is easily reduced at the ball corner portion, and the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated as the sound passes through the ball corner portion. ing. Therefore, by using a configuration for preventing the game ball from being discharged to the ball tray while keeping the excessive momentum, it is possible to make the bass range of the sound emitted from the ball passage noticeable. That is, in the speaker system, the function as a back load horn can be exhibited in the ball passage.

Features A4. The ball passage includes a plurality of linearly extending passage portions (upper horizontal passage portion 284, vertical passage portion 285, lower horizontal passage portion 286).
The connecting portion that extends in different directions and is connected to the adjacent passage portions is a ball corner portion (intermediate curved portion 304) that changes the flow-down direction of the game ball. Machine.

According to the characteristic A4, since the passage portion connected by the ball corner portion extends linearly, the game ball can be accelerated to some extent by the straight portion of the passage portion. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the ball passage from being restricted too much and causing a ball clogging in the ball passage.

Moreover, the presence of the ball corner portion facilitates attenuation of the mid-high range of the sound passing through the ball passage, so that it is possible to make the low-pitched sound of the sound emitted from the ball passage noticeable. That is, in the speaker system, the function as a back load horn can be exhibited in the ball passage.

Features A5. The enclosure has a horn portion (horn region 371) that becomes thicker as it approaches the ball tray from the air chamber as a whole,
The horn portion has the ball passage and a sound passage (sound passage 333) connecting the ball passage and the air chamber. A feature A1 to A4 according to any one of the features. Amusement machine.

In forming the horn portion in the enclosure, there is a concern that the length dimension of the horn portion is insufficient only with the spherical passage. On the other hand, according to the characteristic A5, since the horn portion is formed by the sound passage in addition to the sphere passage, the length dimension of the horn portion is sufficiently secured by connecting the sound passage to the sphere passage. be able to. In this case, since the low frequency range of the sound output from the rear side of the speaker is sufficiently amplified by the horn section, the volume of the low frequency range, which is apt to be insufficient with only the sound output from the front side of the speaker, is output from the horn section. It can be supplemented by the output sound.

Features A6. The game machine according to feature A5, wherein the sound passage has a sound corner portion (sound bending portion 357) that changes a direction in which sound is transmitted.

According to the characteristic A6, since the sound passage has the sound corner portion, it is possible to cause the horn portion to exhibit a function as a back load horn. Moreover, in the horn portion, since the sound passage has the sound corner portion, it is not necessary for the ball passage to have the ball corner portion. It is possible to avoid a decrease in the degree of freedom by including a ball passage in the. Therefore, it is possible to properly form the back load horn by using the ball passage while not affecting the flow-down mode of the game ball in the ball passage.

Features A7. In the horn portion, an outflow regulation portion (regulation member 363) that regulates the gaming ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole into the sound passage is provided. Amusement machine.

The horn section has a larger cross-sectional area as it gets closer to the ball tray from the air chamber, so it has the function of amplifying the low-pitched range of the sound, so sound is taken in at the connection between the sound passage and the ball passage. In the configuration in which the hole is formed, the opening area of the sound intake hole is set according to the cross-sectional area of the ball passage on the downstream side. In this case, since the ball passage is set to a size and shape that allows the game ball to pass therethrough, it is highly possible that the sound intake hole also has a size and shape to allow the game ball to pass therethrough. There is concern that game balls will leak out.

On the other hand, according to the characteristic A7, it is possible to suppress that the game ball flowing down the ball passage is not properly discharged to the ball tray due to flowing out to the sound passage. In addition, it is possible to prevent the sound passage and the air chamber from being clogged with game balls and the sound from not being properly emitted from the horn portion.

Feature A8. The outflow restriction unit is pressed by the game ball flowing down the ball passage to restrict the outflow of the game ball to the sound passage from the non-restricted state in which the outflow of the game ball to the sound passage is not restricted. The game machine according to feature A7, which is characterized by shifting to a restricted state.

According to the characteristic A8, when the flowing down game ball approaches the sound taking-in hole, the outflow restricting section shifts to the restricted state by being pressed by the game ball, so that the game ball flows out into the sound passage. It can be regulated surely. Here, when the outflow of the game ball to the sound passage is restricted by the outflow restricting portion, there is a concern that the outflow restricting portion may also restrict the transmission of sound from the sound passage to the ball passage. On the other hand, according to this feature, when the game ball flowing down is not close to the sound intake hole, it is possible to hold the outflow restricting portion in a non-restricted state, and thus the ball from the sound passage. It is not necessary to regulate the transmission of sound to the passage. Therefore, both sound emission from the ball passage and discharge of the game ball can be properly performed.

Feature A9. The gaming machine according to feature A8, wherein the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state when the game ball passes and the pressure is released.

According to the characteristic A9, when the game ball passes through the periphery of the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the outflow restricting portion is in the restricted state for an extremely short period, so that there is a period in which the sound is interrupted from the sound passage to the ball passage. Can be extremely short. Therefore, even if the outflow of the game balls to the sound passage is restricted, it is possible to prevent the effect of the sound emitted from the ball passage from being significantly reduced.

In addition, as a configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state, the outflow restricting portion elastically deforms as the non-restricted state shifts to the restricted state, and is caused by the elastic deformation. A configuration including a biasing member that returns the outflow regulation unit from the regulated state to the non-regulated state by a biasing force, or a configuration in which the outflow regulation unit returns from the regulated state to the non-regulated state by the weight of the outflow regulation unit. Are listed.

Feature A10. Characteristic A8 or A9, wherein the outflow restricting portion is in a partition state in which the ball passage is partitioned into an upstream side and a downstream side as the non-restricted state when not being pressed by a flowing down game ball. Gaming machine described in.

According to the characteristic A10, the outflow restriction unit in the non-regulated state exists on the flow path of the game ball in the ball passage, so that the game ball flowing down the ball passage changes the outflow restriction unit from the non-regulated state to the restricted state. It is possible to realize a configuration of pressing in the direction of shifting to.

In addition, if the outflow restricting portion is formed of a member that restricts the transmission of sound such as a plate material, the outflow restricting portion is such that the sound taken into the sphere passage through the sound intake hole is downstream when the sound is not regulated. While not restricting the transmission to the side (ball saucer), the sound is restricted to be transmitted to the upstream side (the side opposite to the ball saucer). In this case, since the sound transmitted to the ball passage through the sound intake hole is suppressed from diffusing toward the upstream side of the ball passage, compared to the configuration in which the sound transmission to the upstream side is not regulated, the game is played from the ball passage. The sound emitted to the front of the machine can be increased.

Feature A11. With the gaming machine body (inner frame 13),
A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) that has the ball tray and is rotatably provided in the front of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine body,
Equipped with
The ball passage has a front passage portion (front door side lower dish passage portion 273) provided in the game machine front body and communicating with the ball receiving tray,
The gaming machine front body has a passage unit (front door side passage unit 45) that forms the air chamber and the front passage portion, and is characterized in that any one of features A1 to A10. Amusement machine.

According to the characteristic A11, the front passage portion and the air chamber are integrated with each other to form a passage unit, so that the front passage portion and the air chamber are separately mounted on the game machine front body, which is complicated. There is no need to do any work. Further, by prefabricating the passage unit, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of sound leakage between the front passage portion and the air chamber.

Feature A12. The gaming machine front body has a base body (base frame 231) to which the speaker and the passage unit are attached,
The passage unit has a speaker opening (speaker opening 336) that opens the air chamber toward the speaker, and the rear portion of the speaker is housed in the air chamber through the speaker opening. The gaming machine according to Feature A11, wherein the gaming machine is attached to the back surface of the base body in this state.

According to the characteristic A12, since the opening for the speaker is formed in the passage unit, it is possible to previously attach the speaker to the base body of the gaming machine front body and then attach the passage unit to the base body. Become. That is, the passage unit and the speaker can be separately attached to the base body.

Here, in the speaker, sound is output along with the vibration of the diaphragm. Therefore, it is preferable to firmly attach the speaker to the front surface of the gaming machine so that the fixed state is not unstable due to the vibration. On the other hand, by separately mounting the passage unit and the speaker to the base body, the speaker can be directly fixed to the base body instead of being fixed to the base body via the passage unit. It is possible to sufficiently secure the fixing strength of the speaker to the base body.

Feature A13. The said air chamber is arrange|positioned in the position which does not overlap with the said ball passage in the game machine front-back direction, The game machine as described in any one of the characteristics A1 to A12.

According to the characteristic A13, since the air chamber is arranged at a position that does not overlap the ball passage in the longitudinal direction of the gaming machine, by installing the speaker system in the gaming machine, the thickness dimension of the gaming machine becomes excessively large. Can be suppressed. In addition, after realizing a structure that improves the sound quality by the enclosure, it is effectively used as the installation space of the air chamber rather than leaving the lateral position, the upper position, and the lower position of the ball passage in the machine width direction as dead spaces. can do.

Feature A14. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A13, characterized in that the sound intake hole is provided at a separated position in the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage, which is separated from a downward path of the game ball.

In the configuration in which the sound intake hole is formed in the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage, the game ball passing through the ball passage flows out from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side, and the sound intake hole becomes a factor that obstructs the flow down of the game ball. Is concerned. On the other hand, according to the characteristic A14, since the sound capturing hole is separated from the flow path of the game ball, the sound capturing hole blocks the flow of the game ball or the game ball flows out of the ball passage. Can be suppressed. Also, because the sound capturing hole is separated from the flow path of the game ball, it is difficult for the sound capturing hole to be blocked by the flowing game ball, so the back side of the speaker even when the game ball is flowing down. The output sound from is properly taken into the ball passage through the sound taking hole. Therefore, it is possible to realize a configuration in which both the game ball and the sound are properly emitted from the ball passage to the ball tray.

Feature A15. The ball passage has a lateral passage portion (an upper lateral passage portion 284, a lower lateral passage portion 286) extending in the gaming machine width direction or the depth direction,
The game machine according to any one of features A1 to A14, wherein the air chamber is arranged below the lateral passage portion.

In the configuration in which the ball passage has the lateral passage portion, the game balls that have not been introduced into the ball passage can be guided to a predetermined position by flowing down along the upper surface of the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage. That is, it is possible to effectively use the space above the ball passage as a space for collecting game balls.

On the other hand, according to the characteristic A15, the space below the lateral passage can be effectively used as the installation space for the air chamber. Accordingly, in a limited space inside the gaming machine, the speaker system can be preferably constructed without limiting other functions related to the ball passage.

Feature A16. The ball passage is
It has a vertical passage portion (vertical passage portion 285) that is arranged on the downstream side of the horizontal passage portion and extends downward from the downstream end of the horizontal passage portion.
The game machine according to feature A15, wherein the sound intake hole is provided in a side surface portion (a vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342) of the vertical passage portion below the horizontal passage portion.

In the configuration in which the air chamber and the ball passage communicate with each other through the sound intake hole, the game ball passing through the ball passage flows out from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side, and the sound intake hole obstructs the flow down of the game ball. There is concern that it will become. In particular, in the configuration in which the air chamber is arranged below the lateral passage portion, it is assumed that a sound capturing hole is formed in the lower surface portion of the lateral passage portion, but in this case, the game ball passing through the lateral passage portion captures the sound. There is concern that the holes may flow out from the holes to the air chamber side and that the sound intake holes may obstruct the flow of the game balls in the lateral passage portion.

On the other hand, according to the characteristic A16, since the sound intake hole is arranged at the position on the side of the corner portion between the vertical passage portion and the horizontal passage portion in the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion, the horizontal passage portion is The game ball that has passed through will flow down the vertical passage while moving toward the side away from the sound capturing hole. In this case, it is difficult for the game ball to pass over the sound intake hole or to flow down toward the sound intake hole. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the vertical passage is from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side. It is possible to suppress the outflow and the obstruction of the sound taking-in hole in the vertical passage portion from flowing down the game ball.

Features A17. The feature A16 is characterized in that the sound intake hole extends downward from a floor portion (the horizontal portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition portion 342) of the horizontal passage portion in a side surface portion of the vertical passage portion. Game machine.

According to the characteristic A17, the sound intake hole can be arranged directly below the horizontal passage portion in the vertical passage portion, so that the game ball flowing down from the horizontal passage portion toward the vertical passage portion contacts the sound intake hole more reliably. Can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the sound intake hole is formed in the vertical passage portion, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the game ball is properly discharged to the ball tray regardless of the sound intake hole.

Feature A18. A game board (game board 60a) in which a game area in which the game balls flow is formed,
Game ball launching means (game ball launching mechanism 110) for launching a game ball based on a launching device,
A guide rail (guide rail 100) that is provided on the game board and guides the game ball emitted from the game ball emitting means toward the game area.
There is a recovery port (recovery port 281a) for recovering the game ball flowing back through the guide rail toward the game ball launching means, and a recovery passageway (foul) for guiding the recovered game ball toward the ball tray. Ball passage 118),
Equipped with
The gaming machine according to any one of features A15 to A17, wherein the recovery passage is provided on an upper side of the lateral passage portion while extending along the lateral passage portion.

According to the characteristic A18, in the configuration in which the upper space of the lateral passage portion is used as a collection space for the foul balls flowing back from the game area, the air chamber is arranged below the lateral passage portion, so the speaker system It is possible to prevent the arrangement of the recovery passage from being restricted and the function of the recovery passage from being deteriorated by installing the air chamber.

Features A19. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13) having a gaming board (gaming board 60a),
A gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) that has the ball tray and is rotatably provided in the front of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine body,
Equipped with
The ball passage is
A first passage portion (front door side lower tray passage portion 273) that is provided on the gaming machine front body and guides a game ball received at the inlet portion (outer opening portion 279) to the ball tray.
A second passage portion (a back pack side lower tray passage portion 259, an inner frame side lower tray passage portion 263) that constitutes an upstream side of the first passage portion and guides the game ball to the inlet portion.
Have
A ball receiving passage (ball receiving passage 289) that receives a game ball overflowing from the inlet portion with the opening of the game machine front body with respect to the game machine body and guides the received game ball to the recovery port The gaming machine according to feature A18, wherein the gaming machine is provided on an upper side of the lateral passage portion while extending along the passage portion.

According to Characteristic A19, since the space above the lateral passage is used as a space for collecting overflow balls overflowing from the inlet of the first passage, the air chamber is arranged below the lateral passage. Thus, it is possible to prevent the air chamber from restricting the arrangement of the recovery passage and the ball receiving passage, and prevent the functions of the recovery passage and the ball receiving passage from deteriorating.

Feature A20. The gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A19, wherein the air chamber is arranged above the ball passage.

According to the characteristic A20, the space above the ball passage can be effectively used as the installation space for the air chamber.

Feature A21. The gaming machine according to Feature A20, wherein the sound intake hole is provided in a ceiling portion of the ball passage (the vertical passage portion 452b of the lower tray passage partition portion 452).

According to the feature A21, since the sound intake hole is formed in the upper surface of the lateral passage portion, it is difficult for the flowing down game ball to come into contact with the sound intake hole itself in the lateral passage portion. .. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the lateral passage portion from flowing out from the sound intake hole to the air chamber side, and the sound capturing hole from blocking the flow down of the game ball in the lateral passage portion.

Feature A22. The game machine according to any one of features A1 to A21, wherein a plurality of the sound capturing holes are provided as small holes that do not allow a game ball to pass therethrough.

According to the characteristic A22, the game sphere cannot pass through the sound intake hole which is a small hole, so that the outflow of the game sphere from the ball passage can be suppressed. Moreover, since the sound output from the back side of the speaker passes through the multiple small holes, the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated, so that the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is noticeable. You can Therefore, it is possible to enhance the effect of the low tone by utilizing the configuration for preventing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage.

Feature A23. The ball passage has a horizontal passage portion (upper horizontal passage portion 284) extending in the gaming machine width direction or the depth direction, and a vertical passage portion (vertical passage portion 285) connected to the horizontal passage portion and extending in the vertical direction. Have,
One of the features A1 to A22, wherein a plurality of the sound capturing holes are provided in each of the outer peripheral portions of the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion as small holes that do not allow game balls to pass. Gaming machine described in one.

According to the characteristic A23, the game sphere cannot pass through the sound intake hole which is a small hole, so that the outflow of the game sphere from the ball passage can be suppressed. Moreover, since the sound output from the back side of the speaker passes through the multiple small holes, the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated, so that the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is noticeable. You can Therefore, it is possible to enhance the effect of the low tone by utilizing the configuration for preventing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage.

Furthermore, since the sound transmission direction from the air chamber is different between the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion, it is possible to create an environment in which the low tone range of the sound is easily amplified and the middle and high tone range is easily attenuated. As a result, the effect of the bass can be further enhanced.

<Feature B group>
The invention of the following characteristic group B is effective for the following problems.

A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as the speaker is emitted to the front of the game machine.

Feature B1. A ball tray (lower tray 34) that is provided in an exposed state in front of the gaming machine and stores game balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) for discharging game balls to the ball receiving tray,
A speaker (a lower speaker 30a) that has a diaphragm (a diaphragm 30b) and outputs a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound capturing hole (lower tray passage hole 344) provided in an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partitioning portion 342) for taking in a sound output from the speaker into the ball passage.
An opening/closing body (regulating member 363) for opening and closing the sound capturing hole;
Equipped with
The game machine characterized in that the opening/closing body regulates that an output sound from the speaker is taken into the ball passage through the sound taking-in hole according to an opening degree with respect to the sound taking-in hole.

According to the feature B1, since the speaker has the specific diaphragm, it is not necessary for the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage to serve as an external diaphragm when sound is output from the speaker. Therefore, the sound emission from the ball passage is stopped by simply closing the sound intake hole with the opening/closing body. In this case, the sound emission from the speaker can be stopped without stopping the output of the sound from the speaker. With the configuration also provided in (1), it is possible to continue the emission of the sound from the other sound emitting portion, while stopping the emission of the sound from the ball passage.

As described above, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the manner in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted to the outside of the gaming machine. That is, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the game machine.

In addition, when the sound intake hole is closed by the opening/closing body, even if the sound transmission of the sound cannot be blocked by the opening/closing body, the opening/closing body can be opened and closed from the ball passage. It is possible to make a difference in the volume of the emitted sound. Therefore, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the manner in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted to the outside of the game machine.

Feature B2. The game machine according to feature B1, wherein the opening/closing body performs a closing operation to reduce the opening by being pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

According to the feature B2, when the game ball flowing down presses the opening/closing body, the opening/closing body is closed to prevent the output sound from the speaker from being transmitted to the ball passage. Therefore, the sound emission from the ball passage can be limited without forcibly closing the opening/closing body by a driving unit such as a motor. In this way, by utilizing the flow down of the game ball, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the sound emission mode to the outside of the game machine.

Further, the player can recognize that the game ball is discharged to the ball receiving tray through the ball passage because the sound emitted from the ball passage is interrupted.

Feature B3. The game machine according to feature B2, wherein the opening/closing body performs an opening operation to increase the opening degree by releasing a pressing of a game ball.

According to the feature B3, in the configuration in which the flowing game ball closes the opening/closing body, the opening/closing body performs the opening operation after the game ball passes, so that the sound emission from the ball passage is limited by the opening/closing body. The period of time during which it becomes available is extremely short. In this case, a plurality of gaming balls flow down the ball passage, so that the sound emitted from the ball passage is momentarily interrupted, so that the gaming machine is paid out to the ball receiving tray according to the payout mode. The way the sound is emitted to the outside will change. Therefore, the effect produced by the sound emitted from the ball passage can be enhanced.

Further, the player can perceive the number of game balls to be paid out to the ball tray from the state of sound interruption without visually recognizing the ball tray.

The opening and closing body is elastically deformed as the opening degree of the opening and closing body is reduced as a configuration in which the opening degree with respect to the sound intake hole is increased by releasing the pressing of the game ball. A configuration including a biasing member that increases the opening degree of the opening/closing body by a biasing force generated by the elastic deformation, or a configuration in which the outflow regulation unit returns from the regulated state to the non-regulated state by the weight of the outflow regulation unit. Can be mentioned.

Feature B4. The opening/closing body opens and closes the sound intake hole by rotating, and is pressed by the game ball flowing down the ball passage when in the open state opened toward the ball passage side. The game machine according to any one of the features B1 to B3, which is capable of performing a closing operation to reduce the opening degree.

According to the feature B4, the structure in which the game ball flowing down presses the opening/closing body to cause the opening/closing body to perform the closing operation can be realized by simply providing the opening/closing body in a rotatable manner. Thus, by utilizing the flow down of the game ball, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the sound emission mode to the outside of the game machine.

Feature B5. When the opening/closing body is not pressed by a game ball, the opening/closing body is in the open state and is in a partition state in which the ball passage is partitioned into an upstream side and a downstream side on the upstream side of the sound intake hole. A gaming machine described in Feature B4.

According to the feature B5, when the opening/closing body is in the partition state, the game ball flowing down the ball passage pushes the opening/closing body toward the downstream side. Therefore, the sound emission mode from the ball passage can be reliably changed according to the flow of the game ball. Further, when the opening/closing body is in the partition state, the opening/closing body regulates that the sound taken into the ball passage through the sound intake hole is transmitted to the upstream side, so that the transmission of the sound to the upstream side is not regulated. The sound emitted from the ball passage can be made louder than that of.

Feature B6. A drive unit (regulation drive unit 366) for opening and closing the opening/closing body,
A control unit (sub-MPU 432 of the notification/production control device 143) for shifting the opening/closing body between a closed state and an open state by performing drive control of the drive unit;
The gaming machine according to any one of the features B1 to B5.

According to Feature B6, the control unit forcibly shifts the opening/closing body to the closed state, so that the sound emission from the ball passage can be stopped at any timing without stopping the driving of the speaker. become. In this case, it is possible to properly use a state in which the sound emission from the ball passage is stopped (the opening/closing body is closed) and a state in which the sound emission from the ball passage is not stopped (the open/close body is open). Since it becomes possible, it is possible to diversify the effect by the sound emitted from the ball passage.

Feature B7. The control means is
Effect determination means (function for executing the processing of steps S805 and S806) for determining whether or not to perform a sound restriction effect that restricts the emission of sound to the outside of the gaming machine,
When it is determined by the effect determination means that the sound restriction effect is to be performed, a closing execution means (a function of executing the processing of steps S803 and S807) that holds the opening/closing body in a closed state for a predetermined period,
A gaming machine according to feature B6, which has:

According to the feature B7, if the effect is such that the sound is normally emitted from the ball passage, the state in which the sound emission from the ball passage is stopped is used as one of the effects (sound restriction effect). be able to. Moreover, since it is possible to both start the sound restriction effect at an arbitrary timing and end the sound restriction effect at an arbitrary timing, the opening/closing timing of the opening/closing body is set so that the sound restriction effect is emphasized. By doing so, it is possible to enhance the effect by utilizing the release and stop of the sound from the ball passage.

Feature B8. A pattern display device (pattern display device 75) for performing variable display of a plurality of types of patterns;
When the variation start condition of the plurality of types of patterns is satisfied, the variable display of the plurality of types of patterns is started, and the stop result is displayed after performing the variable display according to a preset variation mode. Display control means (display control device 170) for controlling the display of
Equipped with
The effect determination means wins a lottery for performing the sound restriction effect, and determines that the sound restriction effect is performed when the variable display is performed on the pattern display device,
The game machine according to feature B7, wherein the closing execution means holds the opening/closing body in the closed state when the variable display is being performed on the pattern display device.

According to the characteristic B8, in the situation where the variable display of the pattern is performed, the period in which the sound emission from the ball passage is restricted and the period in which the sound emission is not restricted are mixed, so that the characteristic from the ball passage is changed. Depending on whether or not the sound emission is restricted, it is possible to cause a difference in the degree of expectation for the variable display of the pattern. In this way, the effect effect in the situation where the variable display of the pattern is performed can be enhanced by the sound restriction effect.

Feature B9. In the form of variable display displayed on the pattern display device, other patterns except the final stop pattern among the respective patterns in which the combination of the patterns determined to give the player a privilege may be established, Includes a reach variable display that variably displays the final stop pattern under the condition that the variable display is started and then stopped.
The effect determination means determines to perform the sound limiting effect when the reach variation display is performed as the variation display,
The game according to feature B8, wherein the closing execution means holds the opening/closing body in the closed state when the reach variation display is performed as the variation display on the pattern display device. Machine.

Since the reach variation display has a higher degree of expectation of the stop result than the other variation displays, the sound restriction effect is performed by the sound in the situation where the reach variation display is performed as in the feature B9. It is effective in enhancing the effect of production. Moreover, even if the reach variation display is in the same mode, it is differentiated between the case where the sound limit effect is performed and the case where the sound limit effect is not performed, so that the effect effect during the reach variable display is further enhanced. You can

Feature B10. The modes of the reach variation display include a first reach variation display (normal reach A, B) and a second reach variation display (super reach A to C) having a variation display period longer than the first reach variation display. Is
The effect determination means determines to perform the sound restriction effect when the second reach variation display is performed as the reach variation display,
In the feature B9, the closing executing means holds the opening/closing body in the closed state when the second reach variation display is being performed as the reach variation display on the pattern display device. The game machine described.

Since the second reach variation display has a higher degree of expectation of the stop result than the first reach variation display, the sound restriction effect is performed when the second reach variation display is performed, as in feature B10. This is effective in enhancing the effect produced by sound. Moreover, even with the second reach variation display in the same mode, the effect is produced while the second reach variation display is being performed, because it is differentiated between the case where the sound limit production is performed and the case where it is not performed. Can be further increased.

<Characteristic C group>
The invention of the following characteristic group C is effective for the following problems.

A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as the speaker is emitted to the front of the game machine.

Feature C1. A ball tray (lower tray 34) that is provided in an exposed state in front of the gaming machine and stores game balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) for discharging game balls to the ball receiving tray,
A speaker (a lower speaker 30a) that has a diaphragm (a diaphragm 30b) and outputs a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound capturing hole (lower tray passage hole 344) provided in an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partitioning portion 342) for taking in a sound output from the speaker into the ball passage.
A partition body capable of shifting to a partition state in which the ball passage is partitioned into an upstream side and a downstream side on the upstream side of the sound intake hole, and a flow-down permitted state in which the flow of the game ball is permitted by releasing the partition. (Regulating member 363, partition member 461),
A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with.

According to the feature C1, since the speaker has the specific diaphragm, when the sound is output from the speaker, the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage does not need to serve as an external diaphragm. Therefore, by simply partitioning the ball passage into upstream and downstream sides with a partition, it is possible to prevent the sound taken into the ball passage from the sound intake hole from being transmitted to the opposite side (upstream side) from the ball tray. it can. Therefore, when the partition body is in the partition state, it is possible to enhance the emission efficiency when the output sound from the speaker is emitted through the spherical passage.

Here, in a gaming machine in which gaming balls are dispensed from a ball passage to a ball tray, when an illegal jig such as a wire is inserted into the ball passage, the dispensing device or the like is operated by the illegal jig and the gaming ball is operated. Is worried about being paid out illegally. On the other hand, since the partition body is in the partition state, the partition body can prevent the illegal jig from entering the upstream side of the ball passage. For this reason, the partition body capable of increasing the sound emission efficiency from the ball passage exerts a deterrent force against the illegal jig being inserted into the ball passage, in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball. Become.

As described above, in the gaming machine in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted through the ball passage, the emission efficiency of the sound can be improved, and moreover, the gaming ball can be prevented from being illegally paid out. That is, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the game machine.

When the partition body is in the partition state, in addition to the transmission of sound to the upstream side of the ball passage, the flow down of the game ball is also regulated by the partition body, so that the game ball is not discharged to the ball tray. On the other hand, since the partition body can shift to the flow-down permitted state, it becomes possible to pass the partition position by the partition body to the game ball. As a result, the output sound from the speaker can be prevented from diffusing to the upstream side in the ball passage, while the game ball can be properly discharged to the ball tray.

Feature C2. The game machine according to feature C1, wherein the partition body is shifted from the partition state to the flow-down permitted state by being pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

When the partition body moves from the partition state to the flow-down permitted state, the game ball can pass through the partition position by the partition body, while the illegal jig inserted in the ball passage breaks through the partition position and reaches the upstream. There is a concern that it will enter the side.

On the other hand, according to the characteristic C2, as the game ball passes through the partition position by the partition body, the partition body shifts from the partitioned state to the flow-down permitted state, so that the partition body is driven by a drive unit such as a motor. Unlike the configuration in which the game ball passes through the partition position after forcibly shifting to the flow down permission state, there is no time lag between the game ball passing through the partition position after the partition body shifts into the flow down permission state. It is like this. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an illegal act of intruding the illegal jig deep into the ball passage in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball.

Feature C3. The gaming machine according to Feature C2, wherein the partition body returns from the flow-down permitted state to the partitioned state by the game ball passing and the pressing being released.

According to the characteristic C3, when the game ball passes around the sound capturing hole in the ball passage, the partition body is allowed to flow down for a very short period of time, so even if the illegal jig is inserted in the ball passage. However, it is only a moment for the illegal jig to break through the partition position of the partition body. For this reason, it is possible to more reliably suppress the fraudulent act of intruding the fraudulent jig deep into the ball passage in accordance with the flow-down timing of the game ball.

In addition, as a configuration in which the partition body returns from the flow-down permission state to the partition state, the partition body elastically deforms as the partition state shifts to the flow-down permission state, and an improper force generated by the elastic deformation. With the configuration including an urging member that returns the partition body from the flow-down permitted state to the partition state, or a configuration in which the outflow regulation unit returns from the regulated state to the non-regulated state by the weight of the outflow regulation unit. ..

Feature C4. The partition body shifts from the partition state to the flow-down permitted state by rotating in a direction in which the rotating tip portion moves to the downstream side, while the rotating tip portion has the rotating tip portion on the upstream side when in the partition state. The gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C3, wherein the gaming machine does not rotate in the direction in which the gaming machine moves.

According to the characteristic C4, when the partition body is in the partition state, the partition body does not rotate toward the upstream side of the ball passage. Therefore, for example, the partition body is erroneously inserted into the ball passage by a suspicious person. Even if an attempt is made to forcibly open the valve toward the upstream side, the illegal jig cannot break through the partition position of the partition body. Thereby, the deterrent force against the intrusion of the unauthorized jig into the ball passage can be suitably exerted.

Feature C5. A rotation stopper (rotation stopper 365) for restricting the rotation of the partition body in the partition state toward the upstream side is provided at a position where it is hooked on the rotation front end portion of the partition body. The gaming machine described in Characteristic C4.

According to the characteristic C5, since the turning front end portion of the partition body is caught by the turning stopper, even if a suspicious person attempts to forcefully open the partition body by forcibly deforming the turning front end side of the partition body by an unauthorized jig. It is not possible to deform the rotating tip side of the partition body. Therefore, it is possible to suitably exert the deterrent force against the fraud attempting to penetrate the fraudulent jig deep into the ball passage.

Feature C6. The partition body is an opening/closing body that opens and closes the sound taking-in hole, and it is possible to shift to the partition state by performing an opening operation for the sound taking-in hole and close the sound taking-in hole. The gaming machine according to any one of the features C1 to C5, characterized in that it is possible to shift to the flow-down permitted state by performing an operation.

In the configuration in which the sound capturing hole is provided in the outer peripheral portion of the ball passage, there is a concern that the game ball flowing down the ball passage may flow out of the ball passage through the sound capturing hole depending on the size and shape of the sound capturing hole. .. On the other hand, according to the feature C6, the partition body can close the sound capturing hole when it is in the flow permitting state. Therefore, while permitting the game ball to flow down in the ball passage, the sound capturing can be performed. It is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage from the hole.

Also, when the partition is in the partition state, the sound intake hole is open, so even if an unauthorized jig inserted in the ball passage reaches the partition, the unauthorized jig will not It is also possible for the partition body to guide the illegal jig to the sound capturing hole while the partition body restricts the progress toward the upstream side of the. In this case, it is possible to prevent the illegal jig from entering deep inside the ball passage by guiding the illegal jig to the outside of the ball passage from the sound intake hole.

Feature C7. When the partition body is in the partitioned state, the sound intake hole is opened by being flush with the inner peripheral surface of the sound intake hole or extending from the inner side of the inner peripheral surface toward the spherical passage. The gaming machine according to feature C6, which is characterized by being.

According to feature C7, when the partition body is in the partition state, the partition body is not separated upstream from the sound intake hole in the ball passage, so that the incorrect jig temporarily inserted in the ball passage can reach the partition body. Even if it reaches, the illegal jig will be guided to the sound taking-in hole by advancing along the plate surface of the partition body. In this case, even a suspicious person who has inserted the illegal jig into the ball passage cannot grasp the position of the ball passage even upstream of the partition.

Feature C8. A drive unit (regulation drive unit 366) for changing the state of the partition body;
Control means (sub-MPU 432 of the notification/production control device 143) capable of shifting the partition body between the partition state and the flow-down permission state by performing drive control of the drive unit,
The gaming machine according to any one of the features C1 to C7, which is characterized by comprising:

According to the feature C8, for example, it is possible to shift the partition body to the partition state or the flow-down permitted state at an arbitrary timing in accordance with the discharge state of the game balls from the ball passage to the ball tray. Therefore, priority is given to preventing the insertion of an illegal jig into the ball passage, priority is given to improving the sound emission efficiency from the ball passage, and discharge of the game ball from the ball passage to the ball tray. Can be used as appropriate. As a result, it is possible to improve the efficiency of sound emission from the ball passage, suppress the illegal payout of the game ball, and properly discharge the game ball to the ball tray.

Feature C9. The control means is
Means for determining whether or not the game state is in a special game state (opening/closing execution mode) advantageous to the player (function for executing the process of step S804),
Means for shifting the partition body to the flow-down permission state when the game state is determined to be the special game state (function of executing the process of step S803),
A gaming machine according to C8, characterized by comprising:

According to the feature C9, when the game state is the special game state, the partition body is kept in the flow-down permitted state, so that a large number of game balls as prize balls are continuously discharged from the ball passage to the ball tray. Even so, the partition body is less likely to obstruct the flow of the game balls. Therefore, many game balls can be properly paid out to the ball tray.

If a large number of game balls are flowing down the ball passage in succession, the game balls will be a hindrance to the insertion of an illegal jig, and the profits will be given to the player by the game balls. Therefore, it is assumed that there is a low possibility that an unauthorized jig will be inserted into the ball passage. Therefore, if the gaming state is the special gaming state, even if the partition body is not in the partitioning state, the deterrent force against the illegal jig being inserted into the ball passage will not be significantly reduced.

Feature C10. The control means is
Means for determining whether or not the ball tray is full of game balls (function for executing the process of step S802),
Means for shifting the partition body to the flow-down permitted state when it is determined that the ball tray is full (function of executing the process of step S803),
The gaming machine according to the feature C8 or C9, which is characterized by being provided with.

According to the characteristic C10, when the ball tray is full, the partition body is kept in the flow-down permitted state, so that even if the game balls are stacked in the ball passage, the partition body is stacked with the game balls. It is less likely to hinder climbing. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the partition body from being deformed or damaged due to the stacking of the game balls.

If the ball tray is full, the game ball will be a hindrance to the insertion of a fraudulent jig, and the game ball will give the player profits. It is assumed that the device is unlikely to be inserted into the ball passage. Therefore, if the ball tray is full, the deterrent force against the insertion of the incorrect jig into the ball passage will not be significantly reduced even if the partition body is not in the partition state.

Feature C11. A ball detection means (fullness detection sensor 280) for detecting that the game balls have accumulated in the ball passage is provided on the downstream side of the sound capturing hole in the ball passage,
The game device according to Feature C10, wherein the control unit determines that the ball tray is full when the ball detection unit detects that the game balls have accumulated in the ball passage. Machine.

According to the characteristic C11, when the ball tray is full, the partition body can be shifted to the flow-down permitted state before the game balls accumulated in the ball passage reach the sound capturing holes. As a result, it is possible to more reliably suppress the partition body from being deformed or damaged due to the stacking of the game balls.

<Feature D group>
The invention of the following characteristic group D is effective for the following problems.

A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as the speaker is emitted to the front of the game machine.

Feature D1. A ball tray (lower tray 34) that is provided in an exposed state in front of the gaming machine and stores game balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) for discharging game balls to the ball receiving tray,
A speaker (a lower speaker 30a) that has a diaphragm (a diaphragm 30b) and outputs a sound according to the vibration of the diaphragm;
A sound capturing hole (lower tray passage hole 344) provided in an outer peripheral portion of the ball passage (vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partitioning portion 342) for taking in a sound output from the speaker into the ball passage.
A restraint mechanism (regulator member 363) that restrains the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound intake hole,
A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with.

According to feature D1, since the speaker has a specific diaphragm, the speaker is arranged at a position separated from the spherical passage, unlike a configuration in which the outer peripheral portion of the spherical passage is used as an external diaphragm. Will be possible. Even in this case, since the sound capturing hole is provided in the outer peripheral portion of the spherical passage, the output sound from the speaker can be captured into the spherical passage through the sound capturing hole. Moreover, since a regulation mechanism is provided for the sound capturing hole, it is possible to regulate that the game ball flows out of the ball passage through the sound capturing hole.

As described above, in the gaming machine that emits sound from the ball passage, both the output sound from the speaker can be properly captured in the ball passage and the game ball can be properly discharged from the ball passage to the ball tray. it can. That is, it is possible to provide a configuration suitable for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the game machine.

Feature D2. The game machine according to the feature D1, wherein the suppression mechanism is configured by the sound capturing hole being arranged at a separated position in the ball passage separated from a flow path of the game ball.

According to the feature D2, since the sound capturing hole is separated from the flow path of the game ball, it is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out of the sound capturing hole to the outside. Also, since the sound capturing hole is separated from the flow path of the game ball, it is difficult for the sound capturing hole to be blocked by the flowing game ball, so the output from the speaker even when the game ball is flowing down. Sound will be properly captured in the ball passageway through the sound capturing hole. Therefore, it is possible to realize a structure in which both the game ball and the sound are discharged from the ball passage to the ball tray.

Feature D3. The ball passage has a vertical passage portion (vertical passage portion 285) extending in the vertical direction,
In the feature D1 or D2, the suppression mechanism is configured such that the sound intake hole is provided in the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion (the vertical portion 342b of the lower tray passage partition portion 342). The game machine described.

According to the feature D3, it is possible to arrange the sound capturing hole at a position that does not overlap the downflow route of the game ball in the ball passage. Therefore, even if the sound capturing hole has a size and a shape that allows the game ball to pass therethrough, it is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound capturing hole to the outside.

Feature D4. The ball passage has a lateral passage portion (an upper lateral passage portion 284, a lower lateral passage portion 286) extending laterally from an upstream end portion of the vertical passage portion,
The sound intake hole is, as the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion, a lower side surface portion (lower tray passage partition wall) that extends downward from a floor portion (the horizontal portion 342a of the lower tray passage partition portion 342) of the horizontal passage portion. The gaming machine according to Feature D3, which is provided in the vertical portion 342b) of the portion 342.

According to the feature D4, in the side surface portion of the vertical passage portion, since the sound intake hole is arranged at a position on the corner side of the vertical passage portion and the horizontal passage portion, the game ball that has passed through the horizontal passage portion. Will flow down the vertical passage while moving away from the sound intake hole. In this case, since it is difficult for the game ball to flow down toward the sound capturing hole, it is possible to prevent the game ball flowing down the vertical passage portion from flowing out of the sound capturing hole to the outside of the ball passage.

Feature D5. The game machine according to feature D4, wherein the sound intake hole extends downward from the floor portion on the lower side surface portion.

According to the feature D5, since the sound intake hole can be arranged directly below the horizontal passage portion in the vertical passage portion, it is more certain that the game ball flowing down from the horizontal passage portion toward the vertical passage portion comes into contact with the sound intake hole. Can be suppressed. Therefore, even if the sound intake hole is formed in the vertical passage portion, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the game ball is properly discharged to the ball tray regardless of the sound intake hole.

Feature D6. The suppression mechanism includes an outflow restricting portion (restricting member 363) that is provided for the sound capturing hole to restrict the outflow of the game sphere from the sound capturing hole. The gaming machine described in any one of D1 to D5.

According to the characteristic D6, since the outflow restricting portion is provided for the sound capturing hole, even if the game ball advances toward the sound capturing hole, the game ball can be repelled by the outflow restricting portion. In this case, even if the game ball does not have a size or shape that does not allow the game ball to pass through, the outflow restricting part regulates the outflow of the game ball from the sound catch hole, so that the sound taking efficiency from the sound catch hole is excessive. The opening area of the sound intake hole can be set to a large value so that it does not decrease. As a result, it is possible to prevent the sound volume emitted from the ball passage from becoming insufficient.

Feature D7. The outflow restricting portion is capable of shifting between a non-restricted state in which the outflow of the game ball from the sound capturing hole is not restricted and a restricted state in which the outflow of the game ball from the sound capturing hole is restricted. The gaming machine described in Feature D6.

When outflow of the game ball from the sound capturing hole is restricted by the outflow restricting section, there is a concern that the outflow restricting section also restricts intake of sound from the sound capturing hole into the ball passage. In this case, even if the output sound from the speaker is taken into the spherical passage from the sound taking hole, the sound quality of the sound emitted from the spherical passage is likely to be deteriorated.

On the other hand, according to the feature D7, when the outflow restricting portion is in the non-restricted state, it is possible to prevent the sound emission from the ball passage from being interrupted, or to prevent the sound quality of the emitted sound from being deteriorated even if it is not interrupted. it can. On the other hand, when the outflow restricting portion is in the restricted state, it is possible to suppress the outflow of the game ball from the sound capturing hole. Therefore, both sound emission from the ball passage and discharge of the game ball can be properly performed.

Feature D8. The gaming machine according to Feature D7, wherein the outflow restricting unit shifts from the non-restricted state to the restricted state by being pressed by a game ball flowing down the ball passage.

According to the feature D8, when the game ball is not close to the sound intake hole, the outflow restricting portion is in the non-restricted state, so that the sound can be properly emitted from the ball passage. On the other hand, when the flowing down game ball approaches the sound capturing hole, the outflow restricting part is shifted to the restricted state by being pressed by the game ball, so the outflow of the game ball from the sound capturing hole is suppressed. it can. Therefore, according to the situation where the game ball is flowing down the ball passage, both the sound emission from the ball passage and the discharge of the game ball can be properly performed.

Feature D9. The gaming machine according to Feature D8, wherein the outflow regulation unit returns from the regulation state to the non-regulation state by the game ball passing and the pressure being released.

According to the feature D9, when the game ball passes through the periphery of the sound intake hole in the ball passage, the outflow restricting portion is in the restricted state for an extremely short period, so that the sound emission from the ball passage is interrupted and the sound quality of the sound is interrupted. It is possible to extremely shorten the period for which Therefore, even if the outflow of the game sphere from the sound intake hole is restricted, it is possible to prevent the effect produced by the sound emitted from the ball passage from being significantly reduced.

In addition, as a configuration in which the outflow restricting portion returns from the restricted state to the non-restricted state, the outflow restricting portion elastically deforms as the non-restricted state shifts to the restricted state, and is caused by the elastic deformation. A configuration including a biasing member that returns the outflow regulation unit from the regulated state to the non-regulated state by a biasing force, or a configuration in which the outflow regulation unit returns from the regulated state to the non-regulated state by the weight of the outflow regulation unit. Are listed.

Feature D10. Features D7 to D9, characterized in that the outflow regulation unit is configured to shift between the non-regulation state and the regulation state by rotating with the upstream end of the outflow regulation unit as a rotation axis. The gaming machine described in any one of the above.

According to the feature D10, the configuration in which the outflow regulation unit is shifted from the non-regulated state to the regulated state by being pressed by the game ball flowing down the ball passage can be realized by simply providing the outflow regulation unit in a rotatable manner. ..

Feature D11. A drive unit (regulation drive unit 366) for changing the state of the outflow control unit,
Control means (sub-MPU 432 of the notification/production control device 143) capable of shifting the outflow regulation unit between the non-regulation state and the regulation state by performing drive control of the drive unit,
The gaming machine described in any one of the features D7 to D10.

When the game balls are piled up in the ball passage due to the fact that the ball saucer is full, etc., the stacked game balls become a hindrance and the outflow regulation part cannot shift from the non-regulated state to the regulated state There is a concern that the outflow restricting unit cannot restrict the outflow of the game balls from the intake hole.

On the other hand, according to the feature D11, for example, it is possible to shift the outflow restricting portion to the restricting state or the non-restricting state at an arbitrary timing in accordance with the flow down situation of the game ball in the ball passage. When the possibility that the game ball will flow out from the sound capturing hole tends to increase, such as when the ball tray is full, the outflow restricting portion can be moved to the non-restricted state in advance. As a result, it is possible to prevent the game balls from being discharged from the ball passage to the ball tray not being properly performed due to the presence of the sound intake holes.

Feature D12. The control means is
Means for determining whether or not the ball tray is full of game balls (function for executing the process of step S802),
Means for shifting the outflow regulation unit to the regulation state when it is determined that the ball tray is full (function of executing the process of step S803),
The gaming machine described in the feature D11, which is provided with.

According to the characteristic D12, when the ball tray is full, the outflow restricting portion is kept in a restricted state, so that even if the game balls stacked in the ball passage reach the sound capturing hole, the game is continued. The outflow restricting portion can restrict the outflow of the ball from the sound capturing hole.

Feature D13. A ball detection means (fullness detection sensor 280) for detecting that the game balls have accumulated in the ball passage is provided on the downstream side of the sound capturing hole in the ball passage,
Characteristic D11 or D12, wherein the control means determines that the ball tray is full when the ball detection means detects that the game balls have accumulated in the ball passage. Game machine.

According to the feature D13, when the ball tray is full, the outflow restricting portion can be shifted to the restricting state before the game balls accumulated in the ball passage reach the sound capturing holes. In this case, it is possible to avoid the situation in which the outflow restricting portion cannot shift to the restricted state due to the obstacles in the accumulated game balls, and thus it is possible to more reliably restrict the outflow of the game balls from the sound capturing holes.

Feature D14. The outflow regulation unit regulates the outflow of a game ball from the sound capturing hole by dividing the sound capturing hole into a plurality of sections, and is described in any one of features D6 to D13. Game machine.

According to the feature D14, in the sound intake hole, the sound can pass through even in the state of being divided by the outflow restriction unit, so the outflow restriction unit restricts the outflow of the game ball from the sound intake hole. It is possible to simultaneously achieve both the operation and the output sound from the speaker from the sound input hole into the spherical passage. Thereby, even if the outflow restricting portion is not composed of a movable member, both the proper discharge of the game ball from the ball passage to the ball tray and the proper output of the output sound from the speaker from the ball passage. Will be possible.

Feature D15. In the suppression mechanism, the sound intake hole is provided in the ceiling portion of the ball passage (the vertical passage portion 452b of the lower tray passage partition portion 452), which is the feature D1 to D14. The gaming machine described in any one of the above.

According to the feature D15, it is possible to arrange the sound capturing hole at a position separated upward from the flow path of the game ball in the ball passage. Therefore, even if the sound capturing hole has a size and a shape that allows the game ball to pass therethrough, it is possible to prevent the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage through the sound capturing hole to the outside.

Feature D16. The game machine according to any one of features D1 to D15, wherein the suppression mechanism is configured by providing a plurality of the sound intake holes as small holes that do not allow a game ball to pass therethrough.

According to the characteristic D16, since the game ball cannot pass through the sound capturing hole which is a small hole, it is possible to suppress the outflow of the game ball from the ball passage. Moreover, since the sound output from the back side of the speaker passes through the multiple small holes, the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated, so that the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is noticeable. You can Therefore, it is possible to enhance the effect of the low tone by utilizing the configuration for preventing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage.

Feature D17. The ball passage has a horizontal passage portion (upper horizontal passage portion 284) extending in the gaming machine width direction or the depth direction, and a vertical passage portion (vertical passage portion 285) connected to the horizontal passage portion and extending in the vertical direction. Have,
The suppression mechanism is configured such that a plurality of the sound intake holes are provided in each of the outer peripheral portions of the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion as small holes that do not allow game balls to pass through. The gaming machine according to any one of features D1 to D16.

According to the feature D17, the game ball cannot pass through the sound capturing hole which is a small hole, so that the game ball can be prevented from flowing out from the ball passage. Moreover, since the sound output from the back side of the speaker passes through the multiple small holes, the mid-high range of the sound is easily attenuated, so that the low range of the sound emitted from the ball passage is noticeable. You can Therefore, it is possible to enhance the effect of the low tone by utilizing the configuration for preventing the game ball from flowing out of the ball passage.

Furthermore, since the sound transmission direction from the air chamber is different between the horizontal passage portion and the vertical passage portion, it is possible to create an environment in which the low tone range of the sound is easily amplified and the middle and high tone range is easily attenuated. As a result, the effect of the bass can be further enhanced.

<Feature E group>
The invention of the following characteristic E group is effective for the following problems.

A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

However, there is still room for improvement in the configuration in which the sound output from the sound output means such as the speaker is emitted to the front of the game machine.

Feature E1. With the gaming machine body (inner frame 13),
On the front side of the gaming machine main body, a gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) provided to be openable and closable with respect to the gaming machine main body,
A ball tray (lower plate 34) which is provided on the gaming machine front body and stores game balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) that is opened toward the ball receiving tray and discharges game balls to the ball receiving tray,
A speaker that outputs a sound to the ball passage (lower speaker 30a);
A horn portion (horn region 371) that has at least an open end portion (first ball inlet 34a) of the ball passage, and emits output sound from the speaker toward the ball tray from the open end portion;
A through portion (through portion 486) that penetrates the game machine main body in the game machine front-rear direction,
Equipped with
The gaming machine, wherein the horn portion is provided so as to enter the through portion toward the rear of the gaming machine.

According to the feature E1, since the horn portion is configured to include the open end of the sphere passage, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the sphere tray in the state of being amplified by the horn portion. In this way, by increasing the degree of freedom regarding the manner in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted to the outside of the gaming machine, it is possible to enhance the effect during the game.

Here, for example, in the configuration in which the horn portion is housed between the gaming machine main body and the gaming machine front body, while the configuration in which the horn portion has the open end of the ball passage can be easily realized, There is a concern that the length of the horn (the length of the sound transmission path) may be insufficient due to the limited storage space. On the other hand, according to this feature, since the horn portion is passed through the through portion of the gaming machine body, it is possible to use the rear side space of the gaming machine body as the installation space for the horn portion. .. In this case, by arranging at least a part of the horn portion in the space on the back side of the gaming machine body, it is possible to secure a sufficient length dimension of the horn portion, so that the sound that has passed through the horn portion can be properly generated. It can be amplified.

As described above, it is possible to provide a suitable configuration for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature E2. The gaming machine according to feature E1, wherein the through portion is arranged at a position aligned with the speaker in the front-rear direction of the gaming machine.

According to the feature E2, the front space and the rear space of the speaker can be easily used as the installation space for the horn unit in the front-rear direction of the gaming machine. Therefore, for example, compared to a configuration in which the horn unit and the speaker are arranged side by side in the game machine width direction, it is easier to install the horn unit so as not to limit the width dimension and shape of the speaker. Therefore, in the configuration in which the sound is amplified by the horn unit, it is possible to avoid a situation in which the sound output means having low output performance itself must be used as the speaker.

Feature E3. The gaming machine according to feature E2, wherein the through portion is arranged on the back surface side of the speaker by providing the speaker on the front body of the gaming machine.

According to the feature E3, the space behind the speaker can be easily used as the installation space for the horn unit in the front-rear direction of the gaming machine. Moreover, in the horn portion, the portion protruding to the rear of the gaming machine main body through the through portion can be installed so as to extend rearward, so that the length dimension of the sound transmission path in the horn portion is the length of the game. It is possible to avoid being restricted by the presence of the front body of the machine and the speaker.

Feature E4. An air chamber (air chamber 332) for accommodating the rear side of the speaker and transmitting the output sound from the speaker to the horn portion,
The game machine according to feature E3, wherein the air chamber is arranged at a position overlapping the through portion in the game machine front-rear direction.

In the configuration in which the back side of the speaker is housed in the air chamber, it is necessary to secure the installation space for the horn part separately from the air chamber, so a horn having an appropriate length dimension in a narrow space, which is the internal space of the gaming machine. It is easy to set up a section. On the other hand, according to the feature E4, since the air chamber is arranged at the front position of the through portion, it is possible to easily realize the state in which the horn portion extending from the air chamber enters the through portion from the front of the gaming machine. In this case, the length dimension of the horn can be properly secured by using the space behind the air chamber as the installation space for the horn.

Feature E5. A back body (back pack unit 15) provided on the back side of the gaming machine body and attached to the gaming machine body so as to be openable and closable;
The gaming machine according to any one of features E1 to E4, wherein the horn portion is provided so as not to project rearward of the gaming machine from the back body.

According to the characteristic E5, in the configuration in which the rear side space of the gaming machine main body can be used as the installation space for the horn section, the horn section does not project rearward of the gaming machine beyond the rear body, so the thickness dimension of the gaming machine is It is possible to prevent the size from becoming excessively large due to the presence of. Even in this case, the installation space for the horn portion can be secured in the front-rear direction of the gaming machine by the thickness of the back body.

Feature E6. The gaming machine main body has an uncovered portion (uncoated portion 487) which is not covered by the back body from the rear side of the gaming machine,
The gaming machine according to feature E5, wherein the through portion is provided in the non-covered portion.

According to the feature E6, since the through portion is arranged at a position that does not overlap the back body in the game machine front-rear direction, for example, the length dimension and shape of the horn portion are larger than the configuration in which it is arranged at a position that overlaps the back body. It is possible to realize a configuration in which the back body is less likely to be restricted.

Feature E7. The gaming machine according to feature E5 or E6, wherein the through portion is arranged at a position lower than a lower end portion of the back body in the gaming machine body.

According to the feature E7, it becomes easy to dispose the horn part on the lower side of the back body on the back side of the gaming machine body. In this case, for example, unlike the configuration in which the horn portion is arranged at a position overlapping the back body in the game machine front-rear direction, it is not necessary to wrap the horn portion below the back body on the back side of the gaming machine body. It is possible to prevent the length dimension and shape of the horn portion from being restricted by the back body.

Further, if the position is lower than the lower end portion of the back body, the degree of freedom regarding the installation position of the through portion can be increased in the gaming machine width direction. Therefore, for example, even if a part of the island facility in the game hall or a structure for discharging the balls to the island facility is installed below the rear body on the rear side of the gaming machine main body, the obstacles to these facilities will be impaired. It becomes easy to install the horn part in a manner that does not cause the problem.

Feature E8. A ball discharge port (discharge port 478a) provided on the back body for discharging the game balls used in the game from the back body to the outside,
The gaming machine according to any one of features E5 to E7, wherein the through portion is arranged at a position displaced in the gaming machine width direction with respect to the ball discharge port.

According to the feature E8, since the ball discharge port is provided on the back body, the game ball used for playing the game can be properly discharged to the island facility or the like in the game hall.

Here, in the configuration in which both the horn section and the back body are arranged on the back side of the gaming machine body, a part of the island facility connected to the ball outlet or the game ball is guided from the ball outlet to the island facility. Therefore, there is a concern that the above configuration may hinder the installation of the horn section.

On the other hand, according to this feature, since the through portion of the gaming machine main body is arranged at a position that does not overlap the ball discharge port in the longitudinal direction of the gaming machine, the horn portion is provided on the rear side of the gaming machine main body through the through portion. The protruding structure can be properly realized. Moreover, since the through-portion is arranged at a position displaced to the left and right with respect to the ball discharge port, it is possible to prevent the horn portion from being an obstacle in flowing the game ball downward from the ball discharge port. Therefore, the horn unit can be properly installed in a limited space while the sound is amplified by the horn unit.

Feature E9. Discharging connecting means (discharging guide unit 495) for connecting the ball discharging port and the island facility (island facility 491) of the game hall is provided below the rear body on the rear side of the gaming machine body. ,
The gaming machine according to feature E8, wherein the street portion is arranged at a position that does not overlap the discharging connection means in the gaming machine front-rear direction.

According to Feature E9, since the street portion is arranged at a position not covered from the rear of the gaming machine by the discharging connecting means, the discharging connecting means is provided so as to allow the game balls to flow down from the ball discharging port toward the island facility. It is possible to prevent the horn portion from being a hindrance when installing.

Feature E10. Features E1 to E9, characterized in that a horn forming portion (rear extension portion 483) forming the horn portion in a bent state projects to the back side of the gaming machine body through the through portion. The gaming machine described in any one of the above.

According to the characteristic E10, since the horn portion is bent, the mid-high range of the sound transmitted through the horn portion is easily attenuated. In this case, the sound emitted from the horn portion toward the ball receiving tray becomes prominently heard in the low-pitched sound range, so that the low-pitched sound volume that tends to be insufficient can be appropriately supplemented.

Feature E11. The horn forming portion is provided on the gaming machine front body in a state of extending toward the rear of the gaming machine, and is inserted into the through portion when the gaming machine front body is closed with respect to the gaming machine body. The gaming machine according to feature E10, which is capable of being inserted.

According to the feature E11, in the horn forming portion, the open end of the ball passage and the insertion portion to be inserted into the through portion can be integrally formed, so that the game machine front body is opened and closed with respect to the game machine body. It is not necessary to realize a structure in which the open end of the ball passage and the insertion portion are connected each time. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the structure of the horn forming portion from becoming complicated.

Feature E12. The gaming machine according to feature E11, wherein the through portion has a horizontally long shape that extends in the gaming machine width direction along a lower end portion of the gaming machine body.

According to the feature E12, by forming the horn forming portion in a flat shape, the horn forming portion can be inserted into the through portion. In this case, on the back side of the gaming machine body, the horizontally long dead space can be effectively used as an installation space for the horn forming portion.

<Feature F group>
The invention of the following characteristic group F is effective for the following problems.

A gaming machine such as a pachinko machine is provided with a speaker capable of outputting a sound such as a sound effect (see, for example, JP-A-2005-261808). In the gaming machine, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the front of the gaming machine.

Feature F1. With the gaming machine body (inner frame 13),
On the front side of the gaming machine main body, a gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) provided to be openable and closable with respect to the gaming machine main body,
A ball tray (lower plate 34) which is provided on the gaming machine front body and stores game balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) that is opened toward the ball receiving tray and discharges game balls to the ball receiving tray,
An enclosure (enclosure 331) that has at least the open end (first ball entrance 34a) of the ball passage and emits the sound output from a predetermined speaker (lower speaker 30a) to the front of the gaming machine,
A back body (back pack unit 15) provided on the back side of the gaming machine body so as to be openable and closable with respect to the gaming machine body;
Equipped with
In the enclosure, a projecting portion (projecting portion 483a) projecting rearward of the gaming machine main body is stored in a state where the projecting portion 483a is recessed rearward in the rear body from the front. A gaming machine characterized by being.

According to the characteristic F1, since the enclosure is configured to include the open end of the ball passage, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the ball tray in the state of being amplified by the enclosure. In this way, by increasing the degree of freedom regarding the manner in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted to the outside of the game machine, it is possible to enhance the effect during the game.

Moreover, since the protruding portion of the enclosure is housed in the housing recess of the rear body, even if the enclosure projects rearward from the gaming machine body, the state in which the back body is properly attached to the gaming machine body can be maintained. .. Therefore, the space on the back side of the gaming machine body can be appropriately used as the installation space for the horn portion. Further, if the enclosure is configured to be fitted in the housing recess, the enclosure can support the back body because the protruding portion is housed in the housing portion. That is, the enclosure can exert an auxiliary function for properly maintaining the installation state of the back body.

As described above, it is possible to provide a suitable configuration for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

Feature F2. The back body has a reinforcing region (reinforcing portion 511) for increasing the strength of the back body,
The gaming machine according to Feature F1, wherein the storage recess is provided in the reinforced region.

In the configuration in which the storage recess is provided in the rear body, there is a concern that the rear body is likely to be deformed because the strength at the installation position of the storage recess is significantly reduced. On the other hand, according to the feature F2, since the storage recess is provided in the reinforcing region of the back body, even if the strength of the installation position of the storage recess is lowered, the strength of the entire reinforcing region is appropriately maintained. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the shape of the back body is properly maintained even when the back body is opened with respect to the gaming machine body (a state in which the enclosure does not support the back body).

Moreover, the enclosure can be expanded by using a part of the reinforcing region as an installation space for the enclosure.

Feature F3. The gaming machine according to Feature F2, wherein the reinforcing region extends along a lower end portion of the back body.

According to the feature F3, since the reinforcing region can give strength to the entire lower end portion of the back body, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom regarding the installation position of the storage recess in the width direction of the back body. .. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the installation position of the enclosure from being limited by the structure of the back body.

Feature F4. The reinforced region has a plurality of ribs (ribs 512) extending toward the gaming machine body,
The ribs include lateral ribs (lateral ribs 512a) extending in the width direction of the back body,
The gaming machine according to feature F3, wherein the storage recess is formed by the horizontal ribs that are vertically adjacent to each other.

According to the feature F4, in the configuration in which the strength of the reinforcing region is secured by the plurality of ribs, the storage recess can be formed by changing the installation position of the rib. For this reason, it is possible to realize a configuration in which the strength of the reinforcing region is unlikely to decrease with the installation of the storage recess.

Feature F5. With the gaming machine body (inner frame 13),
On the front side of the gaming machine main body, a gaming machine front body (front door frame 14) provided to be openable and closable with respect to the gaming machine main body,
A ball tray (lower plate 34) which is provided on the gaming machine front body and stores game balls,
A ball passage (front door side lower plate passage portion 273) that is opened toward the ball receiving tray and discharges game balls to the ball receiving tray,
An enclosure (enclosure 331) that has at least the open end (first ball inlet 34a) of the ball passage and emits the sound output from a predetermined speaker (lower speaker 30a) to the front of the gaming machine,
A back body (back pack unit 15) provided on the back side of the gaming machine body so as to be openable and closable with respect to the gaming machine body;
Equipped with
A gaming machine, wherein a protruding portion (projecting portion 483a) projecting rearward from the gaming machine main body in the enclosure is covered from the rear by the back body.

According to the feature F5, since the enclosure is configured to include the open end of the ball passage, the sound output from the speaker is emitted toward the ball tray in the state of being amplified by the enclosure. In this way, by increasing the degree of freedom regarding the manner in which the output sound from the speaker is emitted to the outside of the game machine, it is possible to enhance the effect during the game.

Moreover, since the protruding portion of the enclosure is housed in the housing recess of the rear body, even if the enclosure projects rearward from the gaming machine body, the state in which the back body is properly attached to the gaming machine body can be maintained. .. Therefore, the space on the back side of the gaming machine body can be appropriately used as the installation space for the horn portion. Moreover, the protruding portion of the enclosure can be protected by the back body.

As described above, it is possible to provide a suitable configuration for emitting the sound output from the speaker to the front of the gaming machine.

The basic configuration of a gaming machine to which the above features can be applied is shown below.

Pachinko gaming machine: operating means operated by a player (game ball launching handle 41), game ball launching means launching a game ball based on the operation of the operating means (gaming ball launching mechanism 110), and the shot. A ball passage (guide rail 100) that guides a game ball to a predetermined game area (game area PE) and each game part arranged in the game area, and a predetermined passage portion (general winning) of each of the game parts A gaming machine that gives a bonus to the player when the game ball passes through the mouth 61).

Rotating machine game machines such as slot machines: Variable display means for displaying the final stop of the symbol row after variable display of the symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols is provided, and the variation of the symbol starts due to the operation of the starting operation means. The fluctuation of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operating device for stop or after a lapse of a predetermined time, and a special game advantageous to the player on condition that the final symbol at the time of the stop is a specific symbol. A gaming machine that generates a state (bonus game, etc.).

Belt-type gaming machine using a ball: Variable display means for displaying the final stop of the symbol row after variably displaying the symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols, the variation of the symbol is started due to the operation of the starting operation means, and stopped. Due to the operation of the operation means or after a lapse of a predetermined time, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game state advantageous to the player (bonus) as a necessary condition that the final stopped symbol at that time is a specific symbol. A loading device that is configured to generate a game or the like) and further includes a ball tray to perform a loading process for loading a game ball from the ball tray, and a dispensing device that dispenses the game ball to the ball tray. A game machine configured such that the operation of the starting operation means becomes effective when a game ball is thrown in.

10... Pachinko machine as gaming machine, 13... Inner frame as gaming machine main body, 14... Front door frame as gaming machine front body, 15... Back pack unit as back body, 30a... Lower speaker as speaker, 34... Lower plate as a ball receiving tray, 34a... First ball inlet as an open end, 273... Front door side lower plate passage portion as a ball passage, 332... Air chamber, 371... Horn area as a horn portion, 478a ... a discharge port as a ball discharge port, 483... a rear extending part as a horn forming part, 486... a through part, 487... an uncovered part, 491... an island facility, 495... a discharge guide unit as a discharge connecting means.

Claims (2)

A game machine body having a game board ,
A gaming machine front body rotatably provided in front of the gaming machine with respect to the gaming machine body ,
Provided in front Symbol gaming machine front body, and the ball pan capable of storing game balls,
And the ball passage for discharging Yu technique balls to the ball pan,
A speaker having a diaphragm and outputting a sound with the vibration of the diaphragm;
Discharging means capable of discharging the sound output from the speaker to the front of the game machine,
A gaming machine equipped with,
The outer peripheral portion of the ball passage is provided with a passage portion capable of passing the sound in the emission means to the ball passage,
The ball passage is
The sound emitted from the passage portion to the ball passage can be emitted toward the ball tray,
The gaming machine has a front passage portion provided on the front body and communicating with the ball tray,
The gaming machine front body constitutes at least a part of the front passage portion and the discharging means,
The gaming machine is configured such that it can restrict a gaming ball in the ball passage from passing through the passing portion toward the discharging means . The gaming machine according to claim 1, which is a pachinko machine.

Images